Compare commits

..

No commits in common. "main" and "v1.7" have entirely different histories.
main ... v1.7

575 changed files with 19127 additions and 32156 deletions

View file

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
---
name: '[SCT] Release checklist'
about: 'Used by the Spec Core Team to create a new release.'
name: [SCT] Release checklist
about: Used by the Spec Core Team to create a new release.
title: 'Matrix 1.X'
labels: 'release-blocker'
assignees: ''
@ -16,22 +16,19 @@ Previous release: <!-- LINK TO LAST RELEASE'S CHECKLIST -->
Preflight checklist ([release steps](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/blob/main/meta/releasing.md)):
* [ ] Pin this issue to the repo.
* [ ] Ensure the social media account holders are available for the release day.
* [ ] Blog post written.
* [ ] Check for release blockers that may have been missed.
* [ ] Review/fix the changelog.
* [ ] Blog post written
* [ ] Check for release blockers that may have been missed
* [ ] Review/fix the changelog
Release checklist ([release steps](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/blob/main/meta/releasing.md)):
* [ ] Branch stuffs.
* [ ] Github release artifact.
* [ ] Published to spec.matrix.org.
* [ ] All links work.
* [ ] Publish blog post.
* [ ] Announce in #matrix-spec, client developers, HS developers, SCT office, and other rooms as warranted.
* [ ] Post to Twitter/Mastodon.
* [ ] Close this issue.
* [ ] Unpin this issue from the repo.
* [ ] Branch stuffs
* [ ] Github release artifact
* [ ] Published to spec.matrix.org
* [ ] All links work
* [ ] Publish blog post
* [ ] Announce in #matrix-spec, client developers, HS developers, SCT office, and other rooms as warranted
* [ ] Post to Twitter/Mastodon
* [ ] Close this issue
Known release blockers:
* [ ] <!-- Issue/PR link -->

View file

@ -1,3 +1,11 @@
---
name: Spec clarification/not a proposal
about: A change that's not a spec proposal, such as a clarification to the spec itself.
title: ''
labels: ''
assignees: ''
---
### Pull Request Checklist

1
.github/_typos.toml vendored
View file

@ -10,4 +10,3 @@ au1ba7o = "au1ba7o"
[default.extend-words]
Appy = "Appy"
fo = "fo"
Iy = "Iy"

View file

@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ jobs:
if: github.event_name == 'pull_request'
runs-on: ubuntu-latest
steps:
- uses: actions/checkout@v4
- uses: actions/checkout@v2
with:
fetch-depth: 0
- run: scripts/check-newsfragments

View file

@ -1,9 +1,4 @@
name: "Spec"
env:
HUGO_VERSION: 0.148.1
PYTHON_VERSION: 3.13
on:
push:
branches:
@ -23,25 +18,32 @@ jobs:
runs-on: ubuntu-latest
steps:
- name: "📥 Source checkout"
uses: actions/checkout@v4
uses: actions/checkout@v2
- name: " Setup Node"
uses: actions/setup-node@v4
uses: actions/setup-node@v2
with:
node-version: '20'
- name: "🔎 Run validator"
node-version: '14'
- name: "⚙️ npm"
working-directory: "./scripts"
run: |
npx @redocly/cli@latest lint data/api/*/*.yaml
npm install
- name: "🔎 Run validator"
working-directory: "./scripts"
run: |
node validator.js -s "../data/api/application-service"
node validator.js -s "../data/api/client-server"
node validator.js -s "../data/api/push-gateway"
check-event-examples:
check-examples:
name: "🔎 Check Event schema examples"
runs-on: ubuntu-latest
steps:
- name: "📥 Source checkout"
uses: actions/checkout@v4
uses: actions/checkout@v2
- name: " Setup Python"
uses: actions/setup-python@v5
uses: actions/setup-python@v4
with:
python-version: ${{ env.PYTHON_VERSION }}
python-version: '3.9'
cache: 'pip'
cache-dependency-path: scripts/requirements.txt
- name: " Install dependencies"
@ -51,44 +53,6 @@ jobs:
run: |
python scripts/check-event-schema-examples.py
check-openapi-examples:
name: "🔎 Check OpenAPI definitions examples"
runs-on: ubuntu-latest
steps:
- name: "📥 Source checkout"
uses: actions/checkout@v4
- name: " Setup Python"
uses: actions/setup-python@v5
with:
python-version: ${{ env.PYTHON_VERSION }}
cache: 'pip'
cache-dependency-path: scripts/requirements.txt
- name: " Install dependencies"
run: |
pip install -r scripts/requirements.txt
- name: "🔎 Run validator"
run: |
python scripts/check-openapi-sources.py
check-schemas-examples:
name: "🔎 Check JSON Schemas inline examples"
runs-on: ubuntu-latest
steps:
- name: "📥 Source checkout"
uses: actions/checkout@v4
- name: " Setup Python"
uses: actions/setup-python@v5
with:
python-version: ${{ env.PYTHON_VERSION }}
cache: 'pip'
cache-dependency-path: scripts/requirements.txt
- name: " Install dependencies"
run: |
pip install -r scripts/requirements.txt
- name: "🔎 Run validator"
run: |
python scripts/check-json-schemas.py
calculate-baseurl:
name: "⚙️ Calculate baseURL for later jobs"
runs-on: ubuntu-latest
@ -104,11 +68,11 @@ jobs:
# the asterisk matching behaviour, not the literal string.
run: |
if [ "${GITHUB_EVENT_NAME}" == "pull_request" ]; then
echo "baseURL=/" >> "$GITHUB_OUTPUT"
echo ::set-output name=baseURL::/
elif [[ "${GITHUB_REF}" == refs/tags/* ]]; then
echo "baseURL=/${GITHUB_REF/refs\/tags\//}" >> "$GITHUB_OUTPUT"
echo ::set-output name=baseURL::"/${GITHUB_REF/refs\/tags\//}"
else
echo "baseURL=/unstable" >> "$GITHUB_OUTPUT"
echo ::set-output name=baseURL::/unstable
fi
build-openapi:
@ -117,11 +81,11 @@ jobs:
needs: [calculate-baseurl]
steps:
- name: "📥 Source checkout"
uses: actions/checkout@v4
uses: actions/checkout@v2
- name: " Setup Python"
uses: actions/setup-python@v5
uses: actions/setup-python@v4
with:
python-version: ${{ env.PYTHON_VERSION }}
python-version: '3.9'
cache: 'pip'
cache-dependency-path: scripts/requirements.txt
- name: " Install dependencies"
@ -129,40 +93,22 @@ jobs:
pip install -r scripts/requirements.txt
- name: "📦 Asset creation"
run: |
if [[ "${GITHUB_REF}" == refs/tags/* ]]; then
export RELEASE="${GITHUB_REF/refs\/tags\//}"
else
export RELEASE="unstable"
fi
# The output path matches the final deployment path at spec.matrix.org
scripts/dump-openapi.py \
scripts/dump-swagger.py \
--base-url "https://spec.matrix.org${{ needs.calculate-baseurl.outputs.baseURL }}" \
--api application-service \
-r "$RELEASE" \
-o spec/application-service-api/api.json
scripts/dump-openapi.py \
scripts/dump-swagger.py \
--base-url "https://spec.matrix.org${{ needs.calculate-baseurl.outputs.baseURL }}" \
--api client-server \
-r "$RELEASE" \
-o spec/client-server-api/api.json
scripts/dump-openapi.py \
scripts/dump-swagger.py \
--base-url "https://spec.matrix.org${{ needs.calculate-baseurl.outputs.baseURL }}" \
--api push-gateway \
-r "$RELEASE" \
-o spec/push-gateway-api/api.json
scripts/dump-openapi.py \
--base-url "https://spec.matrix.org${{ needs.calculate-baseurl.outputs.baseURL }}" \
--api server-server \
-r "$RELEASE" \
-o spec/server-server-api/api.json
scripts/dump-openapi.py \
--base-url "https://spec.matrix.org${{ needs.calculate-baseurl.outputs.baseURL }}" \
--api identity \
-r "$RELEASE" \
-o spec/identity-service-api/api.json
tar -czf openapi.tar.gz spec
- name: "📤 Artifact upload"
uses: actions/upload-artifact@v4
uses: actions/upload-artifact@v2
with:
name: openapi-artifact
path: openapi.tar.gz
@ -174,20 +120,18 @@ jobs:
runs-on: ubuntu-latest
steps:
- name: "📥 Source checkout"
uses: actions/checkout@v4
uses: actions/checkout@v2
- name: " Setup Python"
uses: actions/setup-python@v5
with:
python-version: ${{ env.PYTHON_VERSION }}
uses: actions/setup-python@v4
- name: " Install towncrier"
run: "pip install 'towncrier'"
- name: "Generate changelog"
run: ./scripts/generate-changelog.sh vUNSTABLE
- name: "📤 Artifact upload"
uses: actions/upload-artifact@v4
uses: actions/upload-artifact@v2
with:
name: changelog-artifact
path: content/changelog/unstable.md
path: content/changelog/vUNSTABLE.md
build-spec:
name: "📖 Build the spec"
@ -197,23 +141,23 @@ jobs:
if: ${{ always() }}
steps:
- name: " Setup Node"
uses: actions/setup-node@v4
uses: actions/setup-node@v2
with:
node-version: '20'
node-version: '14'
- name: " Setup Hugo"
uses: peaceiris/actions-hugo@75d2e84710de30f6ff7268e08f310b60ef14033f # v3.0.0
uses: peaceiris/actions-hugo@c03b5dbed22245418539b65eb9a3b1d5fdd9a0a6
with:
hugo-version: ${{ env.HUGO_VERSION }}
hugo-version: '0.93.3'
extended: true
- name: "📥 Source checkout"
uses: actions/checkout@v4
uses: actions/checkout@v2
- name: "⚙️ npm"
run: |
npm i
npm run get-proposals
- name: "📥 Download generated changelog"
if: "needs.generate-changelog.result == 'success'"
uses: actions/download-artifact@v4
uses: actions/download-artifact@v3
with:
name: changelog-artifact
path: content/changelog
@ -224,7 +168,7 @@ jobs:
# https://spec.matrix.org/latest/client-server-api/api.json
# Works for /unstable/ and /v1.1/ as well.
- name: "📥 Spec definition download"
uses: actions/download-artifact@v4
uses: actions/download-artifact@v2
with:
name: openapi-artifact
- name: "📝 Unpack the OpenAPI definitions in the right location"
@ -234,7 +178,7 @@ jobs:
- name: "📦 Tarball creation"
run: tar -czf spec.tar.gz spec
- name: "📤 Artifact upload"
uses: actions/upload-artifact@v4
uses: actions/upload-artifact@v2
with:
name: spec-artifact
path: spec.tar.gz
@ -245,10 +189,10 @@ jobs:
needs: [calculate-baseurl, build-spec]
steps:
- name: "📥 Source checkout"
uses: actions/checkout@v4
uses: actions/checkout@v2
- name: "📥 Fetch built spec"
uses: actions/download-artifact@v4
uses: actions/download-artifact@v2
with:
name: spec-artifact
@ -265,7 +209,7 @@ jobs:
- name: "Run htmltest"
uses: wjdp/htmltest-action@master
with:
config: .htmltest.yml
config: .htmltest.yaml
build-historical-spec:
name: "📖 Build the historical backup spec"
@ -274,29 +218,28 @@ jobs:
if: ${{ startsWith(github.ref, 'refs/tags/') }}
steps:
- name: " Setup Node"
uses: actions/setup-node@v4
uses: actions/setup-node@v2
with:
node-version: '20'
node-version: '14'
- name: " Setup Hugo"
uses: peaceiris/actions-hugo@75d2e84710de30f6ff7268e08f310b60ef14033f # v3.0.0
uses: peaceiris/actions-hugo@c03b5dbed22245418539b65eb9a3b1d5fdd9a0a6
with:
hugo-version: ${{ env.HUGO_VERSION }}
hugo-version: '0.93.3'
extended: true
- name: "📥 Source checkout"
uses: actions/checkout@v4
uses: actions/checkout@v2
- name: "⚙️ npm"
run: |
npm i
npm run get-proposals
- name: "⚙️ hugo"
env:
HUGO_PARAMS_VERSION_STATUS: "historical"
# Create a baseURL like `/v1.2` out of the `v1.2` tag
run: |
hugo --baseURL "/${GITHUB_REF/refs\/tags\//}" -d "spec"
echo -e '[params.version]\nstatus="historical"' > historical.toml
hugo --config config.toml,historical.toml --baseURL "/${GITHUB_REF/refs\/tags\//}" -d "spec"
- name: "📥 Spec definition download"
uses: actions/download-artifact@v4
uses: actions/download-artifact@v2
with:
name: openapi-artifact
- name: "📝 Unpack the OpenAPI definitions in the right location"
@ -306,7 +249,7 @@ jobs:
- name: "📦 Tarball creation"
run: tar -czf spec-historical.tar.gz spec
- name: "📤 Artifact upload"
uses: actions/upload-artifact@v4
uses: actions/upload-artifact@v2
with:
name: spec-historical-artifact
path: spec-historical.tar.gz

View file

@ -25,20 +25,17 @@ jobs:
id: readctx
# we need to find the PR number that corresponds to the branch, which we do by
# searching the GH API
env:
OWNER_LOGIN: ${{ github.event.workflow_run.head_repository.owner.login }}
HEAD_BRANCH: ${{ github.event.workflow_run.head_branch }}
run: |
head_branch="${OWNER_LOGIN}:${HEAD_BRANCH}"
head_branch='${{github.event.workflow_run.head_repository.owner.login}}:${{github.event.workflow_run.head_branch}}'
echo "head branch: $head_branch"
pulls_uri="https://api.github.com/repos/${{ github.repository }}/pulls?head=$(jq -Rr '@uri' <<<$head_branch)"
pr_number=$(curl -H 'Authorization: Bearer ${{ secrets.GITHUB_TOKEN }}' "$pulls_uri" |
jq -r '.[] | .number')
echo "PR number: $pr_number"
echo "prnumber=$pr_number" >> "$GITHUB_OUTPUT"
echo "::set-output name=prnumber::$pr_number"
- name: '📥 Download artifact'
uses: dawidd6/action-download-artifact@09f2f74827fd3a8607589e5ad7f9398816f540fe # v3.1.4
uses: dawidd6/action-download-artifact@af92a8455a59214b7b932932f2662fdefbd78126 # v2.15.0
with:
workflow: main.yaml
run_id: ${{ github.event.workflow_run.id }}
@ -49,7 +46,8 @@ jobs:
- name: "📤 Deploy to Netlify"
id: netlify
uses: nwtgck/actions-netlify@4cbaf4c08f1a7bfa537d6113472ef4424e4eb654 # v3.0.0
# v1.2.2
uses: nwtgck/actions-netlify@f517512ae75beec8896aa7b027c1c72f01816200
with:
publish-dir: spec
deploy-message: "Deploy from GitHub Actions"

View file

@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
name: Release packages
on:
release:
types: [published]
concurrency: ${{ github.workflow }}-${{ github.ref }}
jobs:
# Releases to npm after bumping the package.json version from 0.0.0 to $TAG.0 as the tags only contain MAJOR.MINOR
npm:
name: Publish to npm
runs-on: ubuntu-latest
if: github.event.release.prerelease == false
defaults:
run:
working-directory: packages/npm
permissions:
contents: read
id-token: write
steps:
- name: 🧮 Checkout code
uses: actions/checkout@v4
- name: 🔧 Yarn cache
uses: actions/setup-node@v4
with:
cache: "yarn"
cache-dependency-path: packages/npm/yarn.lock
registry-url: "https://registry.npmjs.org"
# Ensure npm 11.5.1 or later is installed
- name: Update npm
run: npm install -g npm@latest
- name: 🔨 Install dependencies
run: "yarn install --frozen-lockfile"
# We bump the package.json version to git, we just need it for publish to do the right thing
- name: 🎖 Bump package.json version
run: "yarn version --new-version ${VERSION#v} --no-git-tag-version"
env:
VERSION: ${{ github.event.release.tag_name }}.0
- name: 🚀 Publish to npm
run: npm publish --provenance --access public --tag latest

View file

@ -11,9 +11,9 @@ jobs:
runs-on: ubuntu-latest
steps:
- name: Checkout Actions Repository
uses: actions/checkout@v4
uses: actions/checkout@v2
- name: Check spelling of proposals
uses: crate-ci/typos@f2c1f08a7b3c1b96050cb786baaa2a94797bdb7d # v1.20.10
uses: crate-ci/typos@9be36f97fdbe645ee9a12449fb13aca856c2516a
with:
config: ${{github.workspace}}/.github/_typos.toml

3
.gitignore vendored
View file

@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ node_modules
/data/msc
/env*
/resources
/scripts/openapi
/scripts/swagger
/scripts/tmp
/hugo-config.toml
/public
@ -14,4 +14,3 @@ _rendered.rst
/spec/
changelogs/rendered.*
.hugo_build.lock
hugo_stats.json

4
.gitmodules vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
[submodule "themes/docsy"]
path = themes/docsy
url = https://github.com/matrix-org/docsy.git
branch = master

View file

@ -4,4 +4,3 @@
IgnoreDirectoryMissingTrailingSlash: true
DirectoryPath: spec
CheckExternal: false
IgnoreInternalEmptyHash: true

View file

@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ The documentation style is described at
https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/blob/main/meta/documentation_style.rst.
Matrix-spec workflows
---------------------
--------------------
Specification changes
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ ask.
Adding to the changelog
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
All changes to the contents of this repository require a changelog entry. Adding to the changelog can only
All API specifications require a changelog entry. Adding to the changelog can only
be done after you've opened your pull request, so be sure to do that first.
The changelog is managed by `Towncrier <https://github.com/twisted/towncrier>`_ in the
@ -99,8 +99,6 @@ the ``newsfragments`` directory. The ``type`` can be one of the following:
* ``deprecation`` - Used when deprecating something.
* ``removal`` - Used when removing something that was unused or previously deprecated.
All news fragments must have a brief summary explaining the change in the
contents of the file. The summary must end in a full stop to be in line with
the style guide and formatting must be done using Markdown.
@ -119,7 +117,7 @@ license - in our case, this is Apache Software License v2 (see LICENSE).
In order to have a concrete record that your contribution is intentional
and you agree to license it under the same terms as the project's license, we've adopted the
same lightweight approach used by the `Linux Kernel <https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/process/submitting-patches.html>`_,
`Docker <https://github.com/docker/docker/blob/master/CONTRIBUTING.md>`_, and many other
`Docker <https://github.com/docker/docker/blob/master/CONTRIBUTING.md`_, and many other
projects: the `Developer Certificate of Origin <http://developercertificate.org/>`_
(DCO). This is a simple declaration that you wrote
the contribution or otherwise have the right to contribute it to Matrix::
@ -165,6 +163,19 @@ include the line in your commit or pull request comment::
Signed-off-by: Your Name <your@email.example.org>
Git allows you to add this signoff automatically when using the ``-s``
flag to ``git commit``, which uses the name and email set in your
``user.name`` and ``user.email`` git configs.
...using your real name; unfortunately pseudonyms and anonymous contributions
can't be accepted. Git makes this trivial - just use the -s flag when you do
``git commit``, having first set ``user.name`` and ``user.email`` git configs
(which you should have done anyway :)
Private sign off
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
If you would like to provide your legal name privately to the Matrix.org
Foundation (instead of in a public commit or comment), you can do so by emailing
your legal name and a link to the pull request to dco@matrix.org. It helps to
include "sign off" or similar in the subject line. You will then be instructed
further.
Once private sign off is complete, doing so for future contributions will not
be required.

View file

@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ The Matrix spec is compiled with [Hugo](https://gohugo.io/) (a static site gener
* `/data`: this can contain TOML, YAML, or JSON files. Files kept here are directly available to template code as
[data objects](https://gohugo.io/templates/data-templates/), so templates don't need to load them from a file and
parse them. This is also where our OpenAPI definitions and schemas are.
parse them. This is also where our Swagger/OpenAPI definitions and schemas are.
* `/layouts`: this contains [Hugo templates](https://gohugo.io/templates/). Some templates define the overall layout of
a page: for example, whether it has header, footer, sidebar, and so on.
@ -52,7 +52,6 @@ Additionally, the following directories may be of interest:
* `/data-definitions`: Bits of structured data consumable by Matrix implementations.
* `/meta`: Documentation relating to the spec's processes that are otherwise untracked (release instructions, etc).
* `/scripts`: Various scripts for generating the spec and validating its contents.
* `/packages`: Various packages for shipping spec files like OpenAPI bindings and data definitions.
## Authoring changes to the spec
@ -61,12 +60,13 @@ place after an MSC has been accepted, not as part of a proposal itself.
1. Install the extended version (often the OS default) of Hugo:
<https://gohugo.io/getting-started/installing>. Note that at least Hugo
v0.146.0 is required.
v0.93.0 is required.
Alternatively, use the Docker image at
https://hub.docker.com/r/klakegg/hugo/. (The "extended edition" is required
to process the SCSS.)
2. Run `npm i` to install the dependencies. Note that this will require NodeJS to be installed.
2. Run `npm i` to install the dependencies and fetch the docsy git submodule.
Note that this will require NodeJS to be installed.
3. Run `npm run get-proposals` to seed proposal data. This is merely for populating the content of the "Spec Change Proposals"
page and is not required.
4. Run `hugo serve` (or `docker run --rm -it -v $(pwd):/src -p 1313:1313
@ -86,13 +86,13 @@ steps for authoring changes to the specification and instead of `hugo serve` run
spec to `/spec`. If you'd like to serve the spec off a path instead of a domain root (eg: `/unstable`), add `--baseURL "/unstable"`
to the `hugo -d "spec"` command.
For building the OpenAPI definitions, create a python3 virtualenv and activate it. Then run `pip install -r ./scripts/requirements.txt`
and finally `python ./scripts/dump-openapi.py` to generate it to `./scripts/openapi/api-docs.json`. To make use of the generated file,
For building the swagger definitions, create a python3 virtualenv and activate it. Then run `pip install -r ./scripts/requirements.txt`
and finally `python ./scripts/dump-swagger.py` to generate it to `./scripts/swagger/api-docs.json`. To make use of the generated file,
there are a number of options:
* You can open `./scripts/openapi-preview.html` in your browser, and then open the file by clicking on `Local JSON File`.
* You can run a local HTTP server by running `./scripts/openapi-http-server.py`, and then view the documentation by
opening `./scripts/openapi-preview.html` in your browser.
* You can open `./scripts/swagger-preview.html` in your browser, and then open the file by clicking on `Local JSON File`.
* You can run a local HTTP server by running `./scripts/swagger-http-server.py`, and then view the documentation by
opening `./scripts/swagger-preview.html` in your browser.
## Issue tracking

View file

@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
/* cyrillic-ext */
@font-face {
font-family: 'Inter';
font-style: normal;
font-weight: 100 900;
font-display: swap;
src: local('Inter'), url(../../fonts/Inter-cyrillic-ext-normal.woff2) format('woff2');
unicode-range: U+0460-052F, U+1C80-1C8A, U+20B4, U+2DE0-2DFF, U+A640-A69F, U+FE2E-FE2F;
}
/* cyrillic */
@font-face {
font-family: 'Inter';
font-style: normal;
font-weight: 100 900;
font-display: swap;
src: local('Inter'), url(../../fonts/Inter-cyrillic-normal.woff2) format('woff2');
unicode-range: U+0301, U+0400-045F, U+0490-0491, U+04B0-04B1, U+2116;
}
/* greek-ext */
@font-face {
font-family: 'Inter';
font-style: normal;
font-weight: 100 900;
font-display: swap;
src: local('Inter'), url(../../fonts/Inter-greek-ext-normal.woff2) format('woff2');
unicode-range: U+1F00-1FFF;
}
/* greek */
@font-face {
font-family: 'Inter';
font-style: normal;
font-weight: 100 900;
font-display: swap;
src: local('Inter'), url(../../fonts/Inter-greek-normal.woff2) format('woff2');
unicode-range: U+0370-0377, U+037A-037F, U+0384-038A, U+038C, U+038E-03A1, U+03A3-03FF;
}
/* vietnamese */
@font-face {
font-family: 'Inter';
font-style: normal;
font-weight: 100 900;
font-display: swap;
src: local('Inter'), url(../../fonts/Inter-vietnamese-normal.woff2) format('woff2');
unicode-range: U+0102-0103, U+0110-0111, U+0128-0129, U+0168-0169, U+01A0-01A1, U+01AF-01B0, U+0300-0301, U+0303-0304, U+0308-0309, U+0323, U+0329, U+1EA0-1EF9, U+20AB;
}
/* latin-ext */
@font-face {
font-family: 'Inter';
font-style: normal;
font-weight: 100 900;
font-display: swap;
src: local('Inter'), url(../../fonts/Inter-latin-ext-normal.woff2) format('woff2');
unicode-range: U+0100-02BA, U+02BD-02C5, U+02C7-02CC, U+02CE-02D7, U+02DD-02FF, U+0304, U+0308, U+0329, U+1D00-1DBF, U+1E00-1E9F, U+1EF2-1EFF, U+2020, U+20A0-20AB, U+20AD-20C0, U+2113, U+2C60-2C7F, U+A720-A7FF;
}
/* latin */
@font-face {
font-family: 'Inter';
font-style: normal;
font-weight: 100 900;
font-display: swap;
src: local('Inter'), url(../../fonts/Inter-latin-normal.woff2) format('woff2');
unicode-range: U+0000-00FF, U+0131, U+0152-0153, U+02BB-02BC, U+02C6, U+02DA, U+02DC, U+0304, U+0308, U+0329, U+2000-206F, U+20AC, U+2122, U+2191, U+2193, U+2212, U+2215, U+FEFF, U+FFFD;
}

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 34 KiB

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 16 KiB

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 15 KiB

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 15 KiB

View file

@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
<svg width="32" height="32" viewBox="0 0 32 32" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg">
<style>
path { fill: #000000; }
@media (prefers-color-scheme: dark) {
path { fill: #ffffff; }
}
</style>
<path d="M 30,2.0000001 V 30 h -1 -2 v 2 h 5 V -3.3333334e-8 L 27,0 v 2 z"/>
<path d="M 9.9515939,10.594002 V 12.138 h 0.043994 c 0.3845141,-0.563728 0.8932271,-1.031728 1.4869981,-1.368 0.580003,-0.322998 1.244999,-0.485 1.993002,-0.485 0.72,0 1.376999,0.139993 1.971998,0.42 0.595,0.279004 1.047001,0.771001 1.355002,1.477001 0.338003,-0.500001 0.795999,-0.941 1.376999,-1.323001 0.579999,-0.382998 1.265998,-0.574 2.059998,-0.574 0.602003,0 1.160002,0.074 1.674002,0.220006 0.514,0.148006 0.953998,0.382998 1.321999,0.706998 0.36601,0.322999 0.653001,0.746 0.859,1.268002 0.205001,0.521998 0.307994,1.15 0.307994,1.887001 v 7.632997 h -3.127 v -6.463997 c 0,-0.383002 -0.01512,-0.743002 -0.04399,-1.082003 -0.02079,-0.3072 -0.103219,-0.607113 -0.242003,-0.881998 -0.133153,-0.25081 -0.335962,-0.457777 -0.584001,-0.596002 -0.257008,-0.146003 -0.605998,-0.220006 -1.046997,-0.220006 -0.440002,0 -0.796003,0.085 -1.068,0.253002 -0.272013,0.170003 -0.485001,0.390002 -0.639001,0.662003 -0.159119,0.287282 -0.263585,0.601602 -0.307994,0.926997 -0.05197,0.346923 -0.07801,0.697217 -0.07801,1.048002 v 6.353999 h -3.128005 v -6.398 c 0,-0.338003 -0.0072,-0.673001 -0.02116,-1.004001 -0.01134,-0.313663 -0.07487,-0.623229 -0.187994,-0.915999 -0.107943,-0.276623 -0.300435,-0.512126 -0.550001,-0.673001 -0.25799,-0.168 -0.636,-0.253002 -1.134999,-0.253002 -0.198123,0.0083 -0.394383,0.04195 -0.584002,0.100006 -0.258368,0.07446 -0.498455,0.201827 -0.704999,0.373985 -0.227981,0.183987 -0.421999,0.449 -0.583997,0.794003 -0.161008,0.345978 -0.242003,0.797998 -0.242003,1.356998 v 6.618999 H 6.99942 V 10.590001 Z"/>
<path d="M 2,2.0000001 V 30 h 3 v 2 H 0 V 9.2650922e-8 L 5,0 v 2 z"/>
</svg>

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 1.9 KiB

View file

@ -1,169 +0,0 @@
/*
Copyright 2020, 2021 The Matrix.org Foundation C.I.C.
Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
You may obtain a copy of the License at
http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
limitations under the License.
*/
/*
Only call the given function once every 250 milliseconds to avoid impacting
the performance of the browser.
Source: https://remysharp.com/2010/07/21/throttling-function-calls
*/
function throttle(fn) {
const threshold = 250;
let last = null;
let deferTimer = null;
return function (...args) {
const now = new Date();
if (last && now < last + threshold) {
// Hold on to it.
clearTimeout(deferTimer);
deferTimer = setTimeout(() => {
last = now;
fn.apply(this, args);
}, threshold);
} else {
last = now;
fn.apply(this, args);
}
}
}
/*
Get the list of headings that appear in the ToC.
This is not as simple as querying all the headings in the content, because
some headings are not rendered in the ToC (e.g. in the endpoint definitions).
*/
function getHeadings() {
let headings = [];
// First get the anchors in the ToC.
const toc_anchors = document.querySelectorAll("#toc nav a");
for (const anchor of toc_anchors) {
// Then get the heading from its selector in the anchor's href.
const selector = anchor.getAttribute("href");
if (!selector) {
console.error("Got ToC anchor without href");
continue;
}
const heading = document.querySelector(selector);
if (!heading) {
console.error("Heading not found for selector:", selector);
continue;
}
headings.push(heading);
}
return headings;
}
/*
Get the heading of the text visible at the top of the viewport.
This is the first heading above or at the top of the viewport.
*/
function getCurrentHeading(headings, headerOffset) {
const scrollTop = document.documentElement.scrollTop;
let prevHeading = null;
let currentHeading = null;
let index = 0;
for (const heading of headings) {
// Compute the position compared to the viewport.
const rect = heading.getBoundingClientRect();
if (rect.top >= headerOffset && rect.top <= headerOffset + 30) {
// This heading is at the top of the viewport, this is the current heading.
currentHeading = heading;
break;
}
if (rect.top >= headerOffset) {
// This is in or below the viewport, the current heading should be the
// previous one.
if (prevHeading) {
currentHeading = prevHeading;
} else {
// The first heading does not have a prevHeading.
currentHeading = heading;
}
break;
}
prevHeading = heading;
index += 1;
}
// At the bottom of the page we might not have a heading.
if (!currentHeading) {
currentHeading = prevHeading;
}
return currentHeading;
}
/*
Select the ToC entry that points to the given ID.
Clear any previously highlighted ToC items, select the new one,
and adjust the ToC scroll position.
*/
function selectTocEntry(id) {
// Deselect previously selected entries.
const activeEntries = document.querySelectorAll("#toc nav a.active");
for (const activeEntry of activeEntries) {
activeEntry.classList.remove('active');
}
// Find the new entry and select it.
const newEntry = document.querySelector(`#toc nav a[href="#${id}"]`);
if (!newEntry) {
console.error("ToC entry not found for ID:", id);
return;
}
newEntry.classList.add('active');
// Don't scroll the sidebar nav if the main content is not scrolled
const nav = document.querySelector("#td-section-nav");
const content = document.querySelector("html");
if (content.scrollTop !== 0) {
nav.scrollTop = newEntry.offsetTop - 100;
} else {
nav.scrollTop = 0;
}
}
/*
Track when the view is scrolled, and use this to update the highlight for the
corresponding ToC entry.
*/
window.addEventListener('DOMContentLoaded', () => {
// Part of the viewport is below the header so we should take it into account.
const headerOffset = document.querySelector("body > header > nav").clientHeight;
const headings = getHeadings();
const onScroll = throttle((_e) => {
// Update the ToC.
let heading = getCurrentHeading(headings, headerOffset);
selectTocEntry(heading.id);
});
// Initialize the state of the ToC.
onScroll();
// Listen to scroll and resizing changes.
document.addEventListener('scroll', onScroll, false);
document.addEventListener('resize', onScroll, false);
});

View file

@ -1,114 +0,0 @@
/*
Copyright 2025 The Matrix.org Foundation C.I.C.
Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
You may obtain a copy of the License at
http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
limitations under the License.
*/
// Determine the current version as defined in hugo.toml. This will either be
// "unstable" or "vX.X" and doesn't depend on the current URL.
//
// The oddity below is an attempt at producing a readable Hugo template while
// avoiding JS syntax errors in your IDE.
const currentVersion = `{{ if eq .Site.Params.version.status "unstable" }}
{{- /**/ -}}
unstable
{{- /**/ -}}
{{ else }}
{{- /**/ -}}
{{ printf "v%s.%s" .Site.Params.version.major .Site.Params.version.minor }}
{{- /**/ -}}
{{ end }}`;
// Determine the current version segment by regex matching the URL. This will either
// be "unstable", "latest", "vX.X" (production) or undefined (local & netlify).
const href = window.location.href;
const segmentMatches = href.match(/(?<=\/)unstable|latest|v\d+.\d+(?=\/)/);
const currentSegment = segmentMatches ? segmentMatches[0] : undefined;
// Determine the selected menu element. If we were able to obtain the version
// segment from the URL (production), use that. Otherwise (local & netlify),
// fall back to the version as defined in Hugo.
const selected = currentSegment ?? currentVersion;
function appendVersion(parent, name, segment, url) {
// The list item
const li = document.createElement("li");
if (segment === selected) {
li.classList.add("version-picker-selected");
}
if (segment === "latest") {
li.classList.add("version-picker-latest");
}
parent.appendChild(li);
// The link
const a = document.createElement("a");
a.classList.add("dropdown-item");
a.setAttribute("href", url);
li.appendChild(a);
// Handle clicks manually to preserve the current path / fragment
a.addEventListener("click", (ev) => {
// If the URL is a relative link (i.e. the historical versions changelog), just
// let the browser load it
if (url.startsWith("/")) {
return;
}
// If we couldn't determine the current segment, we cannot safely replace
// it and have to let the browser load the (root) URL instead
if (!currentSegment) {
return;
}
// Otherwise, stop further event handling and replace the segment
ev.preventDefault();
ev.stopPropagation();
window.location.href = href.replace(`/${currentSegment}/`, `/${segment}/`);
});
// The link text
const text = document.createTextNode(name);
a.appendChild(text);
}
// If we're in the unstable version, we're the latest thing and can just load
// versions.json from our own resources. Otherwise, we fall back to loading it
// from /unstable/versions.json, assuming we are on the spec.matrix.org deployment.
const url = currentVersion === "unstable"
? '{{ .Site.Home.Permalink }}versions.json'
: "/unstable/versions.json";
fetch(url)
.then(r => r.json())
.then(versions => {
// Find the surrounding list element
const ul = document.querySelector("ul#version-selector");
if (!ul) {
console.error("Cannot populate version selector: ul element not found");
return;
}
// Add a entries for the unstable version and the "latest" shortcut
appendVersion(ul, "unstable", "unstable", "https://spec.matrix.org/unstable");
const latestName = versions?.length ? `latest (${versions[0].name})` : "latest";
appendVersion(ul, latestName, "latest", "https://spec.matrix.org/latest");
// Add an entry for each proper version
for (const version of versions) {
appendVersion(ul, version.name, version.name, `https://spec.matrix.org/${version.name}`);
}
// For historical versions, simply link to the changelog
appendVersion(ul, "historical", "historical", '{{ (site.GetPage "changelog/historical").RelPermalink }}');
});

View file

@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ $dark: #333;
$gray-100: #FBFBFB;
$secondary-background: #E5F5FB;
$secondary-lighter-background: #F4FAFC;
$secondary-lighter-background: #F4FaFC;
$secondary-lightest-background: #FBFDFD;
@ -33,24 +33,20 @@ $warning-background: #FFE0E0;
// colours for definition tables.
// the border colour matches that used for "highlight" divs
$table-border-color: rgba(black, .125);
$table-bg: $secondary-lightest-background;
$table-row-alternate: $secondary-lightest-background;
$table-row-default: $secondary-lighter-background;
/* Configure docsy to use the default system fonts instead of Google Fonts.
* See https://www.docsy.dev/docs/adding-content/lookandfeel/#fonts */
$td-enable-google-fonts: false;
/*
* The $font-family-sans-serif definition here overrides the default value set by docsy
* (https://github.com/matrix-org/docsy/blob/66a4e61d2d34edc7196b9df83a7d09cd4af14b47/assets/scss/_variables.scss#L68)
* Replace the default font with Inter.
*
* The $font-family-sans-serif definition here overrides the default value set by docsy:
* https://github.com/matrix-org/docsy/blob/66a4e61d2d34edc7196b9df83a7d09cd4af14b47/assets/scss/_variables.scss#L68
* and adds "Inter" to the front.
*
* The font itself is loaded via stylesheet link layouts/partials/hooks/head-end.html.
*/
$font-family-sans-serif:
// Add "Inter" to the front, making it the default. The font itself is loaded via stylesheet
// links in layouts/partials/hooks/head-end.html.
"Inter",
-apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, "Segoe UI", Roboto, "Helvetica Neue",
// Insert fonts suited for mathematical symbols on different platforms before "Arial"
"STIX Two Math", "Cambria Math", "Noto Sans Math", "Dejavu Sans",
Arial, sans-serif, "Apple Color Emoji", "Segoe UI Emoji", "Segoe UI Symbol";
// Disable smooth scrolling as it makes TOC highlighting jump during the transition.
$enable-smooth-scroll: false;
$font-family-sans-serif: "Inter", -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, "Segoe UI", Roboto, "Helvetica Neue", Arial, sans-serif, "Apple Color Emoji", "Segoe UI Emoji", "Segoe UI Symbol";

View file

@ -18,6 +18,9 @@ limitations under the License.
Custom SCSS for the Matrix spec
*/
@import "variables_project";
@import "variables";
/* Import the CSS classes for the syntax highlighter.
*
* This is generated with:
@ -26,6 +29,12 @@ Custom SCSS for the Matrix spec
*/
@import "syntax.scss";
/* Workaround for https://github.com/google/docsy/issues/1116:
* fix scroll-anchoring */
.td-outer {
height: auto;
}
/* Overrides for the navbar */
.td-navbar {
box-shadow: 0px 0px 8px rgba(179, 179, 179, 0.25);
@ -34,36 +43,15 @@ Custom SCSS for the Matrix spec
.navbar-brand {
font-size: 1.1rem;
/* Allow the text to wrap if it is wider than the viewport */
text-align: center;
white-space: normal;
.navbar-version {
color: $secondary;
}
}
.nav-link {
font-weight: normal;
}
a {
color: $black;
}
/* Make the version dropdown scroll if it's too large */
ul#version-selector {
max-height: 80vh;
overflow-y: auto;
}
ul#version-selector li.version-picker-selected a {
font-weight: bold;
}
ul#version-selector li.version-picker-latest a {
color: $secondary;
}
}
/* Styles for the sidebar nav */
@ -80,8 +68,9 @@ Custom SCSS for the Matrix spec
margin-top: 1rem;
}
.td-sidebar-nav__section .ul-1 ul {
padding-left: 0;
&>.td-sidebar-nav__section > li > a.td-sidebar-link {
font-weight: $font-weight-bold;
font-size: 1.3rem;
}
/* This is to make the width of the items that have sub-items (like room versions)
@ -90,20 +79,12 @@ Custom SCSS for the Matrix spec
padding-right: 0 !important;
}
.ul-1 > li > a {
a.indent-1 {
padding-left: 1rem !important;
}
.ul-2 > li > a {
padding-left: 2rem !important;
}
a.td-sidebar-link.tree-root {
color: $gray-800;
font-weight: $font-weight-bold;
font-size: 1.3rem;
margin-bottom: 0;
border-bottom: none;
a.indent-2 {
padding-left: 2rem;
}
a, a.td-sidebar-link {
@ -122,11 +103,12 @@ Custom SCSS for the Matrix spec
&.active, &active:hover {
background-color: $secondary-background;
font-weight: $font-weight-normal;
}
}
}
@include media-breakpoint-up(md) {
@media (min-width: 768px) {
@supports (position: sticky) {
.td-sidebar-nav {
/* This overrides calc(100vh - 10rem);, which gives us a blank space at the bottom of the sidebar */
@ -136,11 +118,8 @@ Custom SCSS for the Matrix spec
}
/* Customise footer */
.td-footer {
footer {
box-shadow: 0px 0px 8px rgba(179, 179, 179, 0.25);
padding-top: 2rem;
color: var(--bs-body-color);
background-color: var(--bs-body-color-bg);
}
/* Auto numbering for headings */
@ -186,13 +165,6 @@ Custom SCSS for the Matrix spec
}
/* Remove some padding before the main content, when the sidebar is disabled */
.td-main main {
@include media-breakpoint-down(md) {
padding-top: 0;
}
}
/* Adjust the scroll margin for everything in the main content, so that
* it doesn't disappear behind the header bar */
.td-content * {
@ -257,69 +229,6 @@ Custom SCSS for the Matrix spec
}
.endpoints-toc {
summary {
cursor: pointer;
font-weight: $font-weight-bold;
font-size: 1.05rem;
margin-bottom: 0.5rem;
}
.endpoint-list {
list-style: none;
padding-left: 0;
margin: 0;
}
.endpoint-list li {
margin: 0.2rem 0;
}
.endpoint-list a {
text-decoration: none;
color: inherit;
padding: 0.05rem 0.25rem;
border-radius: 0.2rem;
&:hover {
background-color: $secondary-background;
}
}
.endpoint-list .http-api-method {
margin-right: 0.35rem;
font-weight: $font-weight-bold;
}
.endpoint-path {
font-family: $font-family-monospace;
color: $secondary;
}
.endpoint-deprecated {
color: $danger;
font-weight: $font-weight-bold;
margin-left: 0.35rem;
}
.endpoint-module {
&:not(:first-child) {
margin-top: 0.75rem;
}
}
.endpoint-module-title {
// font-weight: $font-weight-bold;
font-size: 1.20rem;
margin-bottom: 0.35rem;
}
}
.page-description {
margin-bottom: 1rem;
color: inherit;
}
/* Styles for alert boxes */
.alert {
&.note {
@ -351,10 +260,33 @@ Custom SCSS for the Matrix spec
border-left-width: 5px;
background: $warning-background;
}
// XXX: See the added-in-paragraph.html shortcode for more information on these styles.
&.added-in-paragraph {
// Remove the padding and margin to remove the box look
margin: 0 !important; // !important on both to override table-related rules
padding: 0 !important;
// Make pairs of "added-in" and content inline to each other. We do pairs so authors can
// describe two paragraphs with added-in prefixes within a single box, reducing DOM
// complexity. Each paragraph is expected to be prefixed with an added-in, however.
//
// XXX: We assume the added-in and text will be rendered as paragraph elements.
> p {
display: inline;
}
> p:nth-child(2n) { // "even" rule to target just the content paragraphs
// Force a paragraph break after the content (insert a couple <br /> tags)
&::after {
content: '\A\A';
white-space: pre;
}
}
}
}
/* Styles for sections that are rendered from data, such as HTTP APIs and event schemas */
.td-content .rendered-data {
.rendered-data {
background-color: $secondary-lightest-background;
padding: 0.85rem;
margin: 0.85rem 0;
@ -393,19 +325,13 @@ Custom SCSS for the Matrix spec
h2 {
font-weight: $font-weight-bold;
font-size: 1.3rem;
margin: 1.5rem 0 1rem 0;
margin: 3rem 0 .5rem 0;
}
h3 {
font-weight: $font-weight-bold;
font-size: 1.1rem;
margin: 1.5rem 0 1rem 0;
}
/* Reduce top margin of h3 if previous sibling is a h2 */
h2 + h3 {
margin-top: 1rem;
margin: 1.5rem 0 .75rem 0;
}
hr {
@ -414,18 +340,13 @@ Custom SCSS for the Matrix spec
}
p code, table code {
background-color: transparent;
background-color: inherit;
}
table {
@media (max-width: 800px) {
/* Docsy by default applies `overflow-x: auto;` to tables, which
* results in annoying horizontal scrolling on mobile, so we instead
* switch to a fixed table layout on a narrow browser width.
* (On a wider width the default auto table-layout provides better readability.)
*
* Docsy makes all tables "responsive tables", which causes Bootstrap 4 to create
/* Docsy makes all tables "responsive tables", which causes Bootstrap 4 to create
* tables with a "display" property of "block".
*
* However, for "table-layout: fixed" to be effective, an element must have a
* "display" property of "table".
*
@ -437,17 +358,9 @@ Custom SCSS for the Matrix spec
table-layout: fixed;
width: 100%;
.col-name, .col-type, .col-status {
width: 25%;
}
.col-description {
width: 50%;
}
.col-status-description {
width: 75%;
}
// add some space between two tables when they are right next to each other
& + table {
margin-top: 4rem;
}
caption {
@ -459,15 +372,9 @@ Custom SCSS for the Matrix spec
th, td, caption {
padding: 1rem;
border-top: 1px $table-border-color solid;
}
td > p:last-child {
// Avoid unnecessary space at the bottom of the cells.
margin-bottom: 0;
}
&.object-table, &.response-table, &.content-type-table {
&.object-table, &.response-table {
border: 1px $table-border-color solid;
caption {
@ -477,12 +384,14 @@ Custom SCSS for the Matrix spec
// ... but avoid double border between caption and table
border-bottom: 0;
background-color: $secondary-lighter-background;
}
tbody tr {
--bs-table-striped-bg: #{$secondary-lighter-background};
caption, tbody tr {
background-color: $table-row-default;
}
tbody tr:nth-child(even) {
background-color: $table-row-alternate;
}
}
@ -495,41 +404,18 @@ Custom SCSS for the Matrix spec
width: 15rem;
}
/* Arrange rows vertically when horizontal space is constrained to avoid overflowing */
@include media-breakpoint-down(sm) {
/* Make cells full width without vertical margin */
&.basic-info th, &.basic-info td {
width: 100%;
display: inline-block;
margin-top: 0;
margin-bottom: 0;
.col-name, .col-type, .col-status {
width: 25%;
}
/* Remove border and padding between header & data cells to make them appear like a single cell */
&.basic-info td {
padding-top: 0;
border-top: none;
}
&.basic-info th {
border-bottom: none;
.col-description {
width: 50%;
}
/* Remove top border on all but the first header cell to prevent double borders between rows */
&.basic-info tr + tr th {
border-top: none;
}
}
.col-status-description {
width: 75%;
}
/* Have consistent spacing around tables and examples */
table, .highlight {
margin-top: 0;
margin-bottom: 2rem;
/* We don't need the margin on the last child of the .rendered-data block */
&:last-child {
margin-bottom: 0;
}
}
pre {
@ -574,25 +460,12 @@ of .td-content. This applies the same style to any blockquotes that descend from
Make padding symmetrical (this selector is used in the default styles to apply padding-left: 3rem)
*/
.pl-md-5, .px-md-5 {
@include media-breakpoint-up(md) {
padding-right: 3rem;
}
}
/* Adjust the width of math to match normal paragraphs */
@include media-breakpoint-up(lg) {
.katex-display {
max-width: 80%;
}
}
/* Adjust default styles for info banner */
.pageinfo-primary {
@include media-breakpoint-up(lg) {
max-width: 80%;
}
margin-top: 0;
margin-right: 0;
margin-left: 0;
border: 0;
border-left: solid 5px $secondary;
@ -633,15 +506,3 @@ dd {
border-radius: 0.25rem; // was $border-radius, but that var isn't accessible here.
}
}
/* Style for breadcrumbs */
.td-breadcrumbs {
padding: .75rem 1rem;
background-color: #eee;
border-radius: .25rem;
margin-bottom: 1rem;
.breadcrumb {
margin: 0;
}
}

16
changelogs/header.md Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
<!--
This is a header file for the generated changelog.
Variables:
VERSION = Replaced by the version number (eg: v1.2)
DATE = Replaced by the date (eg: April 01, 2021)
-->
## VERSION
<table class="release-info">
<tr><th>Git commit</th><td><a href="https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/tree/VERSION">https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/tree/VERSION</a></td>
<tr><th>Release date</th><td>DATE</td>
</table>
<!-- Intentionally blank line to ensure headers work in the concatenated changelog -->

View file

@ -1 +0,0 @@
Replace the Twitter link in the footer with our BlueSky and Mastodon socials.

View file

@ -1,66 +1,39 @@
[tool.towncrier]
version = "unused"
filename = "rendered.md"
template = "template.md.jinja"
filename = "../rendered.md"
issue_format = "[#{issue}](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/{issue})"
title_format = "### {name}" # Matches rendered spec, even if awkward
underlines = " " # 3 spaces intentionally to hide RST headings
# Note: The names below have the <strong> tag built-in so the rendered spec *and* the generated
# changelog can benefit from sane headings.
[[tool.towncrier.type]]
directory = "breaking"
name = "Breaking Changes"
name = "<strong>Breaking Changes</strong>"
showcontent = true
[[tool.towncrier.type]]
directory = "deprecation"
name = "Deprecations"
name = "<strong>Deprecations</strong>"
showcontent = true
[[tool.towncrier.type]]
directory = "new"
name = "New Endpoints"
name = "<strong>New Endpoints</strong>"
showcontent = true
[[tool.towncrier.type]]
directory = "removal"
name = "Removed Endpoints"
name = "<strong>Removed Endpoints</strong>"
showcontent = true
[[tool.towncrier.type]]
directory = "feature"
name = "Backwards Compatible Changes"
name = "<strong>Backwards Compatible Changes</strong>"
showcontent = true
[[tool.towncrier.type]]
directory = "clarification"
name = "Spec Clarifications"
name = "<strong>Spec Clarifications</strong>"
showcontent = true
[[tool.towncrier.section]]
name = "Client-Server API"
path = "client_server"
[[tool.towncrier.section]]
name = "Server-Server API"
path = "server_server"
[[tool.towncrier.section]]
name = "Application Service API"
path = "application_service"
[[tool.towncrier.section]]
name = "Identity Service API"
path = "identity_service"
[[tool.towncrier.section]]
name = "Push Gateway API"
path = "push_gateway"
[[tool.towncrier.section]]
name = "Room Versions"
path = "room_versions"
[[tool.towncrier.section]]
name = "Appendices"
path = "appendices"
[[tool.towncrier.section]]
name = "Internal Changes/Tooling"
path = "internal"

View file

@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
{% for section_name, section in sections.items() %}
{% if section_name %}
## {{section_name}}
{% endif %}
{% if section %}
{% for category, val in definitions.items() if category in section %}
**{{ definitions[category]['name'] }}**
{% for content, issues in section[category].items() %}
- {{ content }} (
{%- for issue in issues %}
[{{issue}}](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/{{issue|trim('#')}}){% if not loop.last %}, {% endif %}
{%- endfor %}
)
{% endfor %}
{% endfor %}
{% else %}
No significant changes.
{% endif %}
{% endfor %}

109
config.toml Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
baseURL = "/"
title = "Matrix Specification"
# Prepends absolute URLs with the baseURL. Useful when hosting on non-root
# paths, such as /unstable.
canonifyURLs = true
enableRobotsTXT = true
# Hugo allows theme composition (and inheritance). The precedence is from left to right.
theme = ["docsy"]
# We disable RSS, because (a) it's useless, (b) Hugo seems to generate broken
# links to it when used with a --baseURL (for example, https://spec.matrix.org/v1.4/
# contains `<link rel="alternate" type="application/rss&#43;xml" href="/v1.4/v1.4/index.xml">`).
disableKinds = ["taxonomy", "taxonomyTerm", "RSS"]
[languages]
[languages.en]
title = "Matrix Specification"
description = "Home of the Matrix specification for decentralised communication"
languageName ="English"
# Weight used for sorting.
weight = 1
[markup]
[markup.goldmark]
[markup.goldmark.renderer]
# Enables us to render raw HTML
unsafe = true
[markup.highlight]
# See a complete list of available styles at https://xyproto.github.io/splash/docs/all.html
# If the style is changed, remember to regenerate the CSS with:
#
# hugo gen chromastyles --style=<style> > assets/scss/syntax.scss
style = "tango"
# we enable CSS classes (instead of using inline styles) for compatibility with the CSP.
noClasses = false
# Everything below this are Site Params
[params]
copyright = "The Matrix.org Foundation CIC"
privacy_policy = "https://matrix.org/legal/privacy-notice"
[params.version]
# must be one of "unstable", "current", "historical"
# this is used to decide whether to show a banner pointing to the current release
status = "stable"
# A URL pointing to the latest, stable release of the spec. To be shown in the unstable version warning banner.
current_version_url = "https://spec.matrix.org/latest"
# The following is used when status = "stable", and is displayed in various UI elements on a released version
# of the spec. CI will set these values here automatically when a release git tag (i.e `v1.5`) is created.
major = "1"
minor = "7"
release_date = "May 25, 2023"
# User interface configuration
[params.ui]
# Set to true to disable the About link in the site footer
footer_about_disable = false
# Collapse HTTP API and event <details> elements
rendered_data_collapsed = false
[params.links]
# End user relevant links. These will show up on left side of footer and in the community page if you have one.
# [[params.links.user]]
# name = "User mailing list"
# url = "https://example.org/mail"
# icon = "fa fa-envelope"
# desc = "Discussion and help from your fellow users"
# Developer relevant links. These will show up on right side of footer and in the community page if you have one.
[[params.links.developer]]
name = "GitHub"
url = "https://github.com/matrix-org"
icon = "fab fa-github"
desc = "Matrix on GitHub"
[[params.links.developer]]
name = "GitLab"
url = "https://gitlab.matrix.org/matrix-org"
icon = "fab fa-gitlab"
desc = "Matrix on GitLab"
[[params.links.developer]]
name = "YouTube"
url = "https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCVFkW-chclhuyYRbmmfwt6w"
icon = "fab fa-youtube"
desc = "Matrix YouTube channel"
[[params.links.developer]]
name = "Twitter"
url = "https://twitter.com/matrixdotorg"
icon = "fab fa-twitter"
desc = "Matrix on Twitter"
# configuration for the hugo development server
[server]
# set HTTP response headers to match the production site. Compare the Apache config for `spec.matrix.org`.
[[server.headers]]
for = '/**'
[server.headers.values]
Content-Security-Policy = "default-src 'self'; style-src 'self'; script-src 'self'; img-src 'self' data:; connect-src 'self'; font-src 'self' data:; media-src 'self'; child-src 'self'; form-action 'self'; object-src 'self'"
X-XSS-Protection = "1; mode=block"
X-Content-Type-Options = "nosniff"
# Strict-Transport-Security = "max-age=31536000; includeSubDomains; preload"
X-Frame-Options = "sameorigin"
Access-Control-Allow-Origin = "*"
Access-Control-Allow-Methods = "GET"

View file

@ -1,168 +0,0 @@
# Default settings.
baseURL = "/"
title = "Matrix Specification"
enableRobotsTXT = true
# We disable RSS, because (a) it's useless, (b) Hugo seems to generate broken
# links to it when used with a --baseURL (for example, https://spec.matrix.org/v1.4/
# contains `<link rel="alternate" type="application/rss&#43;xml" href="/v1.4/v1.4/index.xml">`).
disableKinds = ["taxonomy", "rss"]
[languages]
[languages.en]
title = "Matrix Specification"
languageName ="English"
# Weight used for sorting.
weight = 1
[languages.en.params]
description = "Home of the Matrix specification for decentralised communication"
# Entries in the main menu in the header.
[menus]
[[menus.main]]
name = 'Foundation'
url = 'https://matrix.org/foundation/about/'
weight = 10
[[menus.main]]
name = 'User Docs'
url = 'https://matrix.org/docs/'
weight = 20
[[menus.main]]
name = 'Blog'
url = 'https://matrix.org/blog/'
weight = 30
[markup]
[markup.tableOfContents]
startLevel = 2
endLevel = 6
ordered = true
[markup.goldmark]
[markup.goldmark.renderer]
# Enables us to render raw HTML
unsafe = true
[markup.goldmark.extensions]
# Tell Goldmark to pass delimited blocks through the `render-passthrough` render hook.
# This is used to render the maths in the Olm spec.
# See: https://gohugo.io/functions/transform/tomath/#step-1.
[markup.goldmark.extensions.passthrough]
enable = true
[markup.goldmark.extensions.passthrough.delimiters]
block = [['\[', '\]']]
inline = [['\(', '\)']]
[markup.highlight]
# See a complete list of available styles at https://xyproto.github.io/splash/docs/all.html
# If the style is changed, remember to regenerate the CSS with:
#
# hugo gen chromastyles --style=<style> > assets/scss/syntax.scss
style = "tango"
# we enable CSS classes (instead of using inline styles) for compatibility with the CSP.
noClasses = false
# Everything below this are Site Params
[params]
copyright = "The Matrix.org Foundation CIC"
[params.version]
# must be one of "unstable", "current", "historical"
# this is used to decide whether to show a banner pointing to the current release
status = "unstable"
# A URL pointing to the latest, stable release of the spec. To be shown in the unstable version warning banner.
current_version_url = "https://spec.matrix.org/latest"
# The following is used when status = "stable", and is displayed in various UI elements on a released version
# of the spec.
#major = "1"
#minor = "17"
[[params.versions]]
# We must include this parameter to enable docsy's version picker in the navbar. The picker
# is populated automatically in navbar-version-selector.html.
# User interface configuration
[params.ui]
# Collapse HTTP API and event <details> elements
rendered_data_collapsed = false
# Hide the search entry in the sidebar
sidebar_search_disable = true
# Only show the current page's ancestors, siblings and direct descendants in the sidebar menu
sidebar_menu_compact = true
[params.links]
# End user relevant links. These will show up on left side of footer and in the community page if you have one.
# [[params.links.user]]
# name = "User mailing list"
# url = "https://example.org/mail"
# icon = "fa fa-envelope"
# desc = "Discussion and help from your fellow users"
# Developer relevant links. These will show up on right side of footer and in the community page if you have one.
# [[params.links.developer]]
# name = "GitHub"
# url = "https://github.com/matrix-org"
# icon = "fab fa-github"
# desc = "Matrix on GitHub"
# Custom links shown in the center of the footer. (Only supported by our fork of docsy's 'footer/central' partial.)
[[params.links.bottom]]
name = "GitHub"
url = "https://github.com/matrix-org"
icon = "fab fa-github"
desc = "Matrix on GitHub"
[[params.links.bottom]]
name = "GitLab"
url = "https://gitlab.matrix.org/matrix-org"
icon = "fab fa-gitlab"
desc = "Matrix on GitLab"
[[params.links.bottom]]
name = "YouTube"
url = "https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCVFkW-chclhuyYRbmmfwt6w"
icon = "fab fa-youtube"
desc = "Matrix YouTube channel"
[[params.links.bottom]]
name = "Mastodon"
url = "https://mastodon.matrix.org/@matrix"
icon = "fab fa-mastodon"
desc = "Matrix on Mastodon"
[[params.links.bottom]]
name = "Bluesky"
url = "https://bsky.app/profile/matrix.org"
icon = "fab fa-bluesky"
desc = "Matrix on Bluesky"
# configuration for the hugo development server
[server]
# set HTTP response headers to match the production site. Compare the Apache config for `spec.matrix.org`.
[[server.headers]]
for = '/**'
[server.headers.values]
# `style-src 'unsafe-inline'` is needed to correctly render the maths in the Olm spec:
# https://github.com/KaTeX/KaTeX/issues/4096
Content-Security-Policy = "default-src 'self'; style-src 'self' 'unsafe-inline'; script-src 'self'; img-src 'self' data:; connect-src 'self'; font-src 'self' data:; media-src 'self'; child-src 'self'; form-action 'self'; object-src 'self'"
X-XSS-Protection = "1; mode=block"
X-Content-Type-Options = "nosniff"
# Strict-Transport-Security = "max-age=31536000; includeSubDomains; preload"
X-Frame-Options = "sameorigin"
Access-Control-Allow-Origin = "*"
Access-Control-Allow-Methods = "GET"
# hugo module configuration
[module]
[module.hugoVersion]
extended = true
min = "0.146.0"
[[module.imports]]
path = "github.com/matrix-org/docsy"
disable = false
# custom output formats
[outputFormats]
[outputFormats.Checklist]
mediaType = "text/markdown"
isPlainText = true
baseName = "checklist"

View file

@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
# Settings only required when the website is built for production.
# Enable stats to use them to optimize the CSS.
[build]
[build.buildStats]
enable = true

View file

@ -25,7 +25,6 @@ The specification consists of the following parts:
* [Identity Service API](/identity-service-api)
* [Push Gateway API](/push-gateway-api)
* [Room Versions](/rooms)
* [Olm & Megolm](/olm-megolm)
* [Appendices](/appendices)
Additionally, this introduction page contains the key baseline
@ -57,6 +56,9 @@ The principles that Matrix attempts to follow are:
the global Matrix network
- Fully open standard - publicly documented standard with no IP or
patent licensing encumbrances
- Fully open source reference implementation - liberally-licensed
example implementations with no IP or patent licensing
encumbrances
- Empowering the end-user
- The user should be able to choose the server and clients they
use
@ -97,20 +99,6 @@ services - be that for instant messages, VoIP call setups, or any other
objects that need to be reliably and persistently pushed from A to B in
an interoperable and federated manner.
### Requirement levels
The key words "MUST", "MUST NOT", "REQUIRED", "SHALL", "SHALL NOT", "SHOULD",
"SHOULD NOT", "RECOMMENDED", "MAY", and "OPTIONAL" across all parts of the
specification are to be interpreted as described in
[RFC 2119](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2119).
Some entire sections of the specification might be optional depending on the
circumstances. For example, the
[modules of the client-server API](/client-server-api/#modules)
apply depending on the use case. The requirement level expressed by the above
key words appearing in such a section is only relevant if the section itself is
applicable.
### Spec Change Proposals
To propose a change to the Matrix Spec, see the explanations at
@ -152,7 +140,7 @@ request.
How data flows between clients:
```nohighlight
```
{ Matrix client A } { Matrix client B }
^ | ^ |
| events | Client-Server API | events |
@ -431,16 +419,9 @@ into the `m.` namespace.
### Timestamps
Unless otherwise stated, timestamps are the number of milliseconds
elapsed since the unix epoch (1970-01-01 00:00:00 UTC), but not counting
leap seconds, so that each day is precisely 86,400,000 milliseconds.
This means that timestamps can repeat during leap seconds. Most
programming languages provide timestamps in that format natively, e.g.
[ECMAScript](https://tc39.es/ecma262/multipage/numbers-and-dates.html#sec-time-values-and-time-range).
Throughout the specification this may be referred to as POSIX,
[Unix](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unix_time), or just "time in
milliseconds".
Unless otherwise stated, timestamps are measured as milliseconds since
the Unix epoch. Throughout the specification this may be referred to as
POSIX, Unix, or just "time in milliseconds".
## Specification Versions
@ -505,23 +486,18 @@ For historical reference, the APIs were versioned as `rX.Y.Z` where `X`
roughly represents a breaking change, `Y` a backwards-compatible change, and
`Z` a patch or insignificant alteration to the API.
The current global versioning system was introduced with `v1.1`.
[Matrix 1.0](https://matrix.org/blog/2019/06/11/introducing-matrix-1-0-and-the-matrix-org-foundation/)
did not correspond directly to a specification version; instead, it was based on
the following versions for the individual APIs:
`v1.0` of Matrix was released on June 10th, 2019 with the following API
versions:
| API/Specification | Version |
|--------------------------|---------------|
|-------------------------|---------|
| Client-Server API | r0.5.0 |
| Server-Server API | r0.1.2 |
| Application Service API | r0.1.1 |
| Identity Service API | r0.2.0 |
| Identity Service API | r0.1.1 |
| Push Gateway API | r0.1.0 |
| Room Versions | 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 |
| Room Version | v5 |
`v1.0` should **not** be returned by servers in the
[`GET /_matrix/client/versions`](/client-server-api/#get_matrixclientversions)
response.
## License

View file

@ -90,8 +90,7 @@ To ensure that all implementations use the same JSON encoding we define
We define this encoding for a value to be the shortest
UTF-8 JSON encoding with dictionary keys lexicographically sorted by
Unicode codepoint. Numbers in the JSON must be integers in the range
`[-(2**53)+1, (2**53)-1]`, represented without exponents or decimal
places, and negative zero `-0` MUST NOT appear.
`[-(2**53)+1, (2**53)-1]`.
We pick UTF-8 as the encoding as it should be available to all platforms
and JSON received from the network is likely to be already encoded using
@ -136,12 +135,12 @@ removing insignificant whitespace, fractions, exponents and redundant
character escapes.
value = false / null / true / object / array / number / string
false = %x66.61.6C.73.65
null = %x6E.75.6C.6C
false = %x66.61.6c.73.65
null = %x6e.75.6c.6c
true = %x74.72.75.65
object = %x7B [ member *( %x2C member ) ] %x7D
object = %x7B [ member *( %x2C member ) ] %7D
member = string %x3A value
array = %x5B [ value *( %x2C value ) ] %x5D
array = %x5B [ value *( %x2C value ) ] %5B
number = [ %x2D ] int
int = %x30 / ( %x31-39 *digit )
digit = %x30-39
@ -305,21 +304,6 @@ The following canonical JSON should be produced:
{"a":null}
```
Given the following JSON object:
```json
{
"a": -0,
"b": 1e10
}
```
The following canonical JSON should be produced:
```json
{"a":0,"b":10000000000}
```
### Signing Details
JSON is signed by encoding the JSON object without `signatures` or keys
@ -540,8 +524,6 @@ be represented with a `domain` component under some conditions - see the
#### User Identifiers
{{% changed-in v="1.8" %}}
Users within Matrix are uniquely identified by their Matrix user ID. The
user ID is namespaced to the homeserver which allocated the account and
has the form:
@ -550,13 +532,13 @@ has the form:
The `localpart` of a user ID is an opaque identifier for that user. It
MUST NOT be empty, and MUST contain only the characters `a-z`, `0-9`,
`.`, `_`, `=`, `-`, `/`, and `+`.
`.`, `_`, `=`, `-`, and `/`.
The `domain` of a user ID is the [server name](#server-name) of the
homeserver which allocated the account.
The length of a user ID, including the `@` sigil and the domain, MUST
NOT exceed 255 bytes.
NOT exceed 255 characters.
The complete grammar for a legal user ID is:
@ -564,7 +546,7 @@ The complete grammar for a legal user ID is:
user_id_localpart = 1*user_id_char
user_id_char = DIGIT
/ %x61-7A ; a-z
/ "-" / "." / "=" / "_" / "/" / "+"
/ "-" / "." / "=" / "_" / "/"
{{% boxes/rationale %}}
A number of factors were considered when defining the allowable
@ -611,18 +593,10 @@ characters permitted in user ID localparts. There are currently active
users whose user IDs do not conform to the permitted character set, and
a number of rooms whose history includes events with a `sender` which
does not conform. In order to handle these rooms successfully, clients
and servers MUST accept user IDs with localparts consisting of any legal
non-surrogate Unicode code points except for `:` and `NUL` (U+0000), including other control
characters and the empty string.
and servers MUST accept user IDs with localparts from the expanded
character set:
User IDs with localparts containing characters outside the range U+0021 to U+007E, or with
an empty localpart, are considered non-compliant. For current room versions, servers must
still accept events using such user IDs over federation; however they SHOULD NOT forward
such user IDs to clients when referenced outside the context of an event. For example,
device list updates from non-compliant user IDs would be dropped by the receiving server.
A future room version may prevent users using a historical character set
from participating. Use of the historical character set is *deprecated*.
extended_user_id_char = %x21-39 / %x3B-7E ; all ASCII printing chars except :
##### Mapping from other character sets
@ -657,48 +631,19 @@ provides no way to encode ASCII punctuation).
#### Room IDs
{{% changed-in v="1.16" %}} Room IDs can now appear without a domain depending on
the room version.
A room has exactly one room ID. Room IDs take the form:
!opaque_id
However, the precise format depends upon the [room version specification](/rooms):
some room versions included a `domain` component, whereas more recent room versions
omit the domain and use a base64-encoded hash instead.
Room IDs are case-sensitive and not meant to be human-readable. They are intended
to be used as fully opaque strings by clients, even when a `domain` component is
present.
If the room version requires a `domain` component, room IDs take the following
form:
A room has exactly one room ID. A room ID has the format:
!opaque_id:domain
In such a form, the `opaque_id` is a localpart. The localpart MUST only contain
valid non-surrogate Unicode code points, including control characters, except `:`
and `NUL` (U+0000). The localpart SHOULD only consist of alphanumeric characters
(`A-Z`, `a-z`, `0-9`) when generating them. The `domain` is the [server name](#server-name)
of the homeserver which created the room - it is only used to reduce namespace
collisions. There is no implication that the room in question is still available
at the corresponding homeserver. Combined, the localpart, domain, and `!` sigil
MUST NOT exceed 255 bytes.
The `domain` of a room ID is the [server name](#server-name) of the
homeserver which created the room. The domain is used only for
namespacing to avoid the risk of clashes of identifiers between
different homeservers. There is no implication that the room in
question is still available at the corresponding homeserver.
When a room version requires the `domain`-less format, room IDs are simply the
[event ID](#event-ids) of the `m.room.create` event using `!` as the sigil instead
of `$`. The grammar is otherwise inherited verbatim.
{{% boxes/note %}}
Applications which previously relied upon the `domain` in a room ID can instead
parse the [user IDs](#user-identifiers) found in the `m.room.create` event's `sender`.
Though the `m.room.create` event's `additional_creators` (in `content`) may be
used when present, applications should take care when parsing or interpreting the
list. The user IDs in `additional_creators` will have correct grammar, but may
not be real users or may not belong to actual Matrix homeservers.
{{% /boxes/note %}}
Room IDs are case-sensitive. They are not meant to be
human-readable. They are intended to be treated as fully opaque strings
by clients.
#### Room Aliases
@ -710,11 +655,8 @@ The `domain` of a room alias is the [server name](#server-name) of the
homeserver which created the alias. Other servers may contact this
homeserver to look up the alias.
The localpart of a room alias may contain any valid non-surrogate Unicode codepoints
except `:` and `NUL`.
The length of a room alias, including the `#` sigil and the domain, MUST
NOT exceed 255 bytes.
Room aliases MUST NOT exceed 255 bytes (including the `#` sigil and the
domain).
#### Event IDs
@ -726,12 +668,10 @@ However, the precise format depends upon the [room version
specification](/rooms): early room versions included a `domain` component,
whereas more recent versions omit the domain and use a base64-encoded hash instead.
In addition to the requirements of the room version, the length of an event ID,
including the `$` sigil and the domain where present, MUST NOT exceed 255 bytes.
Event IDs are case-sensitive. They are not meant to be human-readable. They are
intended to be treated as fully opaque strings by clients.
### URIs
There are two major kinds of referring to a resource in Matrix: matrix.to
@ -749,13 +689,13 @@ history (a permalink).
The Matrix URI scheme is defined as follows (`[]` enclose optional parts, `{}`
enclose variables):
```nohighlight
```
matrix:[//{authority}/]{type}/{id without sigil}[/{type}/{id without sigil}...][?{query}][#{fragment}]
```
As a schema, this can be represented as:
```nohighlight
```
MatrixURI = "matrix:" hier-part [ "?" query ] [ "#" fragment ]
hier-part = [ "//" authority "/" ] path
path = entity-descriptor ["/" entity-descriptor]
@ -787,7 +727,7 @@ Specifically, the following mappings are used:
* `r` for room aliases.
* `u` for users.
* `roomid` for room IDs (note the distinction from room aliases).
* `e` for events, when after a room ID (`roomid`). Use of `e` after a room alias (`r`) is deprecated.
* `e` for events, when after a room reference (`r` or `roomid`).
{{% boxes/note %}}
During development of this URI format, types of `user`, `room`, and `event`
@ -797,13 +737,6 @@ wish to consider handling them as `u`, `r`, and `e` respectively.
`roomid` was otherwise unchanged.
{{% /boxes/note %}}
{{% boxes/note %}}
{{% changed-in v="1.11" %}}
Referencing event IDs within a room identified by room alias (`r`) rather than room ID
(`roomid`) is now deprecated. We are not aware of these ever having been used in
practice, and are nonsensical given room aliases are mutable.
{{% /boxes/note %}}
The `id without sigil` is simply the identifier for the entity without the defined
sigil. For example, `!room:example.org` becomes `room:example.org` (`!` is the sigil
for room IDs). The sigils are described under the
@ -848,6 +781,7 @@ Examples of common URIs are:
<!-- Author's note: These examples should be consistent with the matrix.to counterparts. -->
* Link to `#somewhere:example.org`: `matrix:r/somewhere:example.org`
* Link to `!somewhere:example.org`: `matrix:roomid/somewhere:example.org?via=elsewhere.ca`
* Link to `$event` in `#somewhere:example.org`: `matrix:r/somewhere:example.org/e/event`
* Link to `$event` in `!somewhere:example.org`: `matrix:roomid/somewhere:example.org/e/event?via=elsewhere.ca`
* Link to chat with `@alice:example.org`: `matrix:u/alice:example.org?action=chat`
@ -857,15 +791,15 @@ A suggested client implementation algorithm is available in the
#### matrix.to navigation
{{% boxes/note %}}
matrix.to is a Namespace URI which existed prior to a `matrix:` URI scheme.
This is **not** meant to be interpreted as an available web service - see
below for more details.
This namespacing existed prior to a `matrix:` scheme. This is **not**
meant to be interpreted as an available web service - see below for more
details.
{{% /boxes/note %}}
A matrix.to URI has the following format, based upon the specification
defined in [RFC 3986](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986):
```nohighlight
```
https://matrix.to/#/<identifier>/<extra parameter>?<additional arguments>
```
@ -891,16 +825,10 @@ Examples of matrix.to URIs are:
<!-- Author's note: These examples should be consistent with the matrix scheme counterparts. -->
* Link to `#somewhere:example.org`: `https://matrix.to/#/%23somewhere%3Aexample.org`
* Link to `!somewhere:example.org`: `https://matrix.to/#/!somewhere%3Aexample.org?via=elsewhere.ca`
* Link to `$event` in `#somewhere:example.org`: `https://matrix.to/#/%23somewhere:example.org/%24event%3Aexample.org`
* Link to `$event` in `!somewhere:example.org`: `https://matrix.to/#/!somewhere%3Aexample.org/%24event%3Aexample.org?via=elsewhere.ca`
* Link to `@alice:example.org`: `https://matrix.to/#/%40alice%3Aexample.org`
{{% boxes/note %}}
{{% changed-in v="1.11" %}}
Referencing event IDs within a room identified by room alias rather than room ID
is now deprecated. We are not aware of these ever having been used in
practice, and are nonsensical given room aliases are mutable.
{{% /boxes/note %}}
{{% boxes/note %}}
Historically, clients have not produced URIs which are fully encoded.
Clients should try to interpret these cases to the best of their
@ -937,8 +865,8 @@ A room (or room permalink) which isn't using a room alias should supply
at least one server using `via` in the URI's query string. Multiple servers
can be specified by including multuple `via` parameters.
The values of `via` are intended to be passed along on the
[Client Server `/join/{roomIdOrAlias}` API](/client-server-api/#post_matrixclientv3joinroomidoralias).
The values of `via` are intended to be passed along as the `server_name`
parameters on the [Client Server `/join/{roomIdOrAlias}` API](/client-server-api/#post_matrixclientv3joinroomidoralias).
When generating room links and permalinks, the application should pick
servers which have a high probability of being in the room in the
@ -975,50 +903,6 @@ unique servers based on the following criteria:
specify the servers it can. For example, a room with only 2 users in
it would result in maximum 2 `via` parameters.
### Opaque Identifiers
The specification defines some identifiers to use the *Opaque Identifier
Grammar*. This is a common grammar intended for non-user-visible identifiers
which do not require parsing or interpretation (other than as a unique
identifier).
The grammar is defined as:
* Identifiers must be entirely composed of the characters `[0-9]`, `[A-Z]`,
`[a-z]`, `-`, `.`, `_`, and `~`.
* Unless otherwise specified, identifiers must be at least one character and at
most 255 characters in length.
{{% boxes/note %}}
The acceptable character set matches the unreserved character set in [RFC
3986](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3986#section-2.3).
{{% /boxes/note %}}
## Cryptographic key representation
Sometimes it is necessary to present a private cryptographic key in the user
interface.
When this happens, the key SHOULD be presented as a string formatted as
follows:
1. A byte array is created, consisting of two bytes `0x8B` and `0x01`,
followed by the raw key.
2. All the bytes in the array above, including the two header bytes,
are XORed together to form a parity byte. This parity byte is
appended to the byte array.
3. The byte array is encoded using base58, using the the alphabet
`123456789ABCDEFGHJKLMNPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijkmnopqrstuvwxyz`.
4. A space is added after every 4th character.
When reading in a key, clients should disregard whitespace, and
perform the reverse of steps 1 through 4.
{{% boxes/note %}}
The base58 alphabet is the same as that used for [Bitcoin
addresses](https://en.bitcoin.it/wiki/Base58Check_encoding#Base58_symbol_chart).
{{% /boxes/note %}}
## 3PID Types
Third-party Identifiers (3PIDs) represent identifiers on other

View file

@ -2,14 +2,16 @@
title: "Application Service API"
weight: 30
type: docs
description: |
The Matrix client-server API and server-server APIs provide a consistent,
self-contained federated messaging fabric but leave little room for custom
server-side behaviour such as gateways, filters, or extensible hooks. The
Application Service API defines a standard way to add this extensible
functionality, independent of the underlying homeserver implementation.
---
The Matrix client-server API and server-server APIs provide the means to
implement a consistent self-contained federated messaging fabric.
However, they provide limited means of implementing custom server-side
behaviour in Matrix (e.g. gateways, filters, extensible hooks etc). The
Application Service API (AS API) defines a standard API to allow such
extensible functionality to be implemented irrespective of the
underlying homeserver implementation.
## Application Services
Application services are passive and can only observe events from the
@ -176,13 +178,13 @@ The application service API provides a transaction API for sending a
list of events. Each list of events includes a transaction ID, which
works as follows:
```nohighlight
```
Typical
HS ---> AS : Homeserver sends events with transaction ID T.
<--- : Application Service sends back 200 OK.
```
```nohighlight
```
AS ACK Lost
HS ---> AS : Homeserver sends events with transaction ID T.
<-/- : AS 200 OK is lost.
@ -205,39 +207,6 @@ processed the events.
{{% http-api spec="application-service" api="transactions" %}}
##### Pushing ephemeral data
{{% added-in v="1.13" %}}
If the `receive_ephemeral` settings is enabled in the [registration](#registration)
file, homeservers MUST send ephemeral data that is relevant to the application
service via the transaction API, using the `ephemeral` property of the request's
body. This property is an array that is effectively a combination of the
`presence` and `ephemeral` sections of the client-server [`/sync`](/client-server-api/#get_matrixclientv3sync)
API.
There are currently three event types that can be delivered to an application
service:
- **[`m.presence`](/client-server-api/#mpresence)**: MUST be sent to the
application service if the data would apply contextually. For example, a
presence update for a user an application service shares a room with, or
matching one of the application service's namespaces.
- **[`m.typing`](/client-server-api/#mtyping)**: MUST be sent to the application
service under the same rules as regular events, meaning that the application
service must have registered interest in the room itself, or in a user that is
in the room. The data MUST use the same format as the client-server API, with
the addition of a `room_id` property at the top level to identify the room that
they were sent in.
- **[`m.receipt`](/client-server-api/#mreceipt)**: MUST be sent to the
application service under the same rules as regular events, meaning that the
application service must have registered interest in the room itself, or in a
user that is in the room. The data MUST use the same format as the client-server
API, with the addition of a `room_id` property at the top level to identify the
room that they were sent in. [Private read receipts](/client-server-api/#private-read-receipts)
MUST only be sent for users matching one of the application service's
namespaces. Normal read receipts and threaded read receipts are always sent.
#### Pinging
{{% added-in v="1.7" %}}
@ -256,7 +225,7 @@ have been omitted for brevity):
**Typical**
```nohighlight
```
AS ---> HS : /_matrix/client/v1/appservice/{appserviceId}/ping {"transaction_id": "meow"}
HS ---> AS : /_matrix/app/v1/ping {"transaction_id": "meow"}
HS <--- AS : 200 OK {}
@ -265,7 +234,7 @@ AS <--- HS : 200 OK {"duration_ms": 123}
**Incorrect `hs_token`**
```nohighlight
```
AS ---> HS : /_matrix/client/v1/appservice/{appserviceId}/ping {"transaction_id": "meow"}
HS ---> AS : /_matrix/app/v1/ping {"transaction_id": "meow"}
HS <--- AS : 403 Forbidden {"errcode": "M_FORBIDDEN"}
@ -274,7 +243,7 @@ AS <--- HS : 502 Bad Gateway {"errcode": "M_BAD_STATUS", "status": 403, "body":
**Can't connect to appservice**
```nohighlight
```
AS ---> HS : /_matrix/client/v1/appservice/{appserviceId}/ping {"transaction_id": "meow"}
HS -/-> AS : /_matrix/app/v1/ping {"transaction_id": "meow"}
AS <--- HS : 502 Bad Gateway {"errcode": "M_CONNECTION_FAILED"}
@ -354,7 +323,6 @@ service would like to masquerade as.
Inputs:
- Application service token (`as_token`)
- User ID in the AS namespace to act as.
- Device ID belonging to the User ID to act with.
Notes:
- This applies to all aspects of the Client-Server API, except for
@ -374,19 +342,9 @@ service's `user` namespaces. If the parameter is missing, the homeserver
is to assume the application service intends to act as the user implied
by the `sender_localpart` property of the registration.
{{% added-in v="1.17" %}} Application services MAY similarly masquerade
as a specific device ID belonging the user ID through use of the `device_id`
query string parameter on the request. If the given device ID is not known
to belong to the user, the server will return a 400 `M_UNKNOWN_DEVICE` error.
If no `user_id` is supplied, the `device_id` MUST belong to the user implied
by the `sender_localpart` property of the application service's registration.
If no `device_id` is supplied, the homeserver is to assume the request is
being made without a device ID and will fail to complete operations which
require a device ID (such as uploading one-time keys).
An example request would be:
GET /_matrix/client/v3/account/whoami?user_id=@_irc_user:example.org&device_id=ABC123
GET /_matrix/client/v3/account/whoami?user_id=@_irc_user:example.org
Authorization: Bearer YourApplicationServiceTokenHere
#### Timestamp massaging
@ -426,8 +384,6 @@ imports and similar behaviour).
#### Server admin style permissions
{{% changed-in v="1.17" %}}
The homeserver needs to give the application service *full control* over
its namespace, both for users and for room aliases. This means that the
AS should be able to manage any users and room alias in its namespace. No additional API
@ -444,59 +400,33 @@ achieved by including the `as_token` on a `/register` request, along
with a login type of `m.login.application_service` to set the desired
user ID without a password.
```http
POST /_matrix/client/v3/register
Authorization: Bearer YourApplicationServiceTokenHere
```
```json
Content:
{
"type": "m.login.application_service",
"username": "_irc_example"
type: "m.login.application_service",
username: "_irc_example"
}
```
{{% boxes/note %}}
{{% added-in v="1.17" %}}
Servers MUST still allow application services to use the `/register` endpoint
with a login type of `m.login.application_service` even if they don't support
the [Legacy Authentication API](/client-server-api/#legacy-api).
In that case application services MUST set the `"inhibit_login": true` parameter
as they cannot use it to log in as users. If the `inhibit_login` parameter is
not set to `true`, the server MUST return a 400 HTTP status code with an
`M_APPSERVICE_LOGIN_UNSUPPORTED` error code.
{{% /boxes/note %}}
Similarly, logging in as users using the [Legacy authentication API](/client-server-api/#legacy-api)
needs API changes in order to allow the AS to log in without needing the user's
password. This is achieved by including the `as_token` on a `/login` request,
along with a login type of `m.login.application_service`:
Similarly, logging in as users needs API changes in order to allow the AS to
log in without needing the user's password. This is achieved by including the
`as_token` on a `/login` request, along with a login type of
`m.login.application_service`:
{{% added-in v="1.2" %}}
```http
POST /_matrix/client/v3/login
Authorization: Bearer YourApplicationServiceTokenHere
```
```json
Content:
{
"type": "m.login.application_service",
type: "m.login.application_service",
"identifier": {
"type": "m.id.user",
"user": "_irc_example"
}
}
```
{{% boxes/note %}}
{{% added-in v="1.17" %}}
Application services MUST NOT use the `/login` endpoint if the server doesn't
support the Legacy authentication API. If `/login` is called with the
`m.login.application_service` login type the server MUST return a 400 HTTP
status code with an `M_APPSERVICE_LOGIN_UNSUPPORTED` error code.
{{% /boxes/note %}}
Application services which attempt to create users or aliases *outside*
of their defined namespaces, or log in as users outside of their defined
@ -506,12 +436,6 @@ an application service-defined namespace will receive the same
`M_EXCLUSIVE` error code, but only if the application service has
defined the namespace as `exclusive`.
If `/register` or `/login` is called with the `m.login.application_service`
login type, but without a valid `as_token`, the endpoints will return an error
with the `M_MISSING_TOKEN` or `M_UNKNOWN_TOKEN` error code and 401 as the HTTP
status code. This is the same behavior as invalid auth in the client-server API
(see [Using access tokens](/client-server-api/#using-access-tokens)).
#### Pinging
{{% added-in v="1.7" %}}
@ -529,47 +453,15 @@ via the query string). It is expected that the application service use
the transactions pushed to it to handle events rather than syncing with
the user implied by `sender_localpart`.
#### Published room directories
#### Application service room directories
Application services can maintain their own published room directories for
their defined third-party protocols. These directories may be accessed by
Application services can maintain their own room directories for their
defined third-party protocols. These room directories may be accessed by
clients through additional parameters on the `/publicRooms`
client-server endpoint.
{{% http-api spec="client-server" api="appservice_room_directory" %}}
#### Device management
{{% added-in v="1.17" %}}
Application services need to be able to create and delete devices to manage the
encryption for their users without having to rely on `/login`, which also
generates an access token for the user, and which might not be available for
homeservers that only support the [OAuth 2.0 API](/client-server-api/#oauth-20-api).
##### Creating devices
Application services can use the [`PUT /_matrix/client/v3/devices/{deviceId}`](/client-server-api/#put_matrixclientv3devicesdeviceid)
endpoint to create new devices.
##### Deleting devices
The following endpoints used to delete devices MUST NOT require [User-Interactive
Authentication](/client-server-api/#user-interactive-authentication-api) when
used by an application service:
* [`DELETE /_matrix/client/v3/devices/{deviceId}`](/client-server-api/#delete_matrixclientv3devicesdeviceid)
* [`POST /_matrix/client/v3/delete_devices`](/client-server-api/#post_matrixclientv3delete_devices)
#### Cross-signing
{{% added-in v="1.17" %}}
Appservices need to be able to verify themselves and replace their cross-signing
keys, so the [`POST /_matrix/client/v3/keys/device_signing/upload`](/client-server-api/#post_matrixclientv3keysdevice_signingupload)
endpoint MUST NOT require [User-Interactive Authentication](/client-server-api/#user-interactive-authentication-api)
when used by an application service, even if cross-signing keys already exist.
### Referencing messages from a third-party network
Application services should include an `external_url` in the `content`

View file

@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
---
title: Changelog
type: docs
layout: changelog-index
weight: 1000
---
<!-- This page will be redirected to the latest version's changelog -->

View file

@ -1,15 +1,18 @@
---
title: Historical versions
title: Changelog
type: docs
outputs:
- html
weight: 1000
---
Before version 1.1, versioning was applied at the level of individual API specifications.
This section includes links to these versions of the APIs.
{{% changelog/changelog-description %}}
## Client-Server API
{{% changelog/changelogs %}}
<h2 id="historical-versions" class="no-numbers">Historical versions</h2>
Before version 1.1, versioning was applied at the level of individual API specifications. This section includes links to these versions of the APIs.
* **Client-Server API**
- [r0.6.1](https://matrix.org/docs/spec/client_server/r0.6.1.html)
- [r0.6.0](https://matrix.org/docs/spec/client_server/r0.6.0.html)
- [r0.5.0](https://matrix.org/docs/spec/client_server/r0.5.0.html)
@ -23,26 +26,22 @@ This section includes links to these versions of the APIs.
The last draft before the spec was formally released in version
r0.0.0.
## Server-Server API
* **Server-Server API**
- [r0.1.4](https://matrix.org/docs/spec/server_server/r0.1.4.html)
- [r0.1.3](https://matrix.org/docs/spec/server_server/r0.1.3.html)
- [r0.1.2](https://matrix.org/docs/spec/server_server/r0.1.2.html)
- [r0.1.1](https://matrix.org/docs/spec/server_server/r0.1.1.html)
- [r0.1.0](https://matrix.org/docs/spec/server_server/r0.1.0.html)
## Application Service API
* **Application Service API**
- [r0.1.1](https://matrix.org/docs/spec/application_service/r0.1.1.html)
- [r0.1.0](https://matrix.org/docs/spec/application_service/r0.1.0.html)
## Identity Service API
* **Identity Service API**
- [r0.3.0](https://matrix.org/docs/spec/identity_service/r0.3.0.html)
- [r0.2.1](https://matrix.org/docs/spec/identity_service/r0.2.1.html)
- [r0.2.0](https://matrix.org/docs/spec/identity_service/r0.2.0.html)
- [r0.1.0](https://matrix.org/docs/spec/identity_service/r0.1.0.html)
## Push Gateway API
* **Push Gateway API**
- [r0.1.0](https://matrix.org/docs/spec/push_gateway/r0.1.0.html)

View file

@ -1,15 +1,23 @@
---
title: v1.1 Changelog
linkTitle: v1.1
type: docs
layout: changelog
outputs:
- html
- checklist
date: 2021-11-09
date: 2021-11-09T00:00:00+0000
---
<!--
This is a header file for the generated changelog.
## Client-Server API
Variables:
v1.1 = Replaced by the version number (eg: v1.2)
November 09, 2021 = Replaced by the date (eg: April 01, 2021)
-->
## v1.1
<table class="release-info">
<tr><th>Git commit</th><td><a href="https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-doc/tree/v1.1">https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-doc/tree/v1.1</a></td>
<tr><th>Release date</th><td>November 09, 2021</td>
</table>
<!-- Intentionally blank line to ensure headers work in the concatenated changelog -->
### Client-Server API
<strong>Breaking Changes</strong>
@ -102,7 +110,7 @@ date: 2021-11-09
- Fix documentation errors around `threepid_creds`. ([#3471](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-doc/issues/3471))
## Server-Server API
### Server-Server API
<strong>New Endpoints</strong>
@ -128,7 +136,7 @@ date: 2021-11-09
- Tweak the example PDU diagram to better demonstrate situations with multiple `prev_events`. ([#3340](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-doc/issues/3340))
## Application Service API
### Application Service API
<strong>Spec Clarifications</strong>
@ -137,7 +145,7 @@ date: 2021-11-09
- Fix various typos throughout the specification. ([#2888](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-doc/issues/2888))
## Identity Service API
### Identity Service API
<strong>New Endpoints</strong>
@ -160,7 +168,7 @@ date: 2021-11-09
- Describe how [MSC2844](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-doc/pull/2844) affects the `/versions` endpoint. ([#3459](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-doc/issues/3459))
## Push Gateway API
### Push Gateway API
<strong>Spec Clarifications</strong>

View file

@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
---
title: v1.10 Changelog
linkTitle: v1.10
type: docs
layout: changelog
outputs:
- html
- checklist
date: 2024-03-22
---
## Client-Server API
**Backwards Compatible Changes**
- Allow `/versions` to optionally accept authentication, as per [MSC4026](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/4026). ([#1728](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1728))
- Add local erasure requests, as per [MSC4025](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/4025). ([#1730](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1730))
- Use the `body` field as optional media caption, as per [MSC2530](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/2530). ([#1731](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1731))
- Add server support discovery endpoint, as per [MSC1929](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/1929). ([#1733](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1733))
- Add support for multi-stream VoIP, as per [MSC3077](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/3077). ([#1735](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1735))
- Specify that the `Retry-After` header may be used to rate-limit a client, as per [MSC4041](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/4041). ([#1737](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1737))
- Add support for recursion on the `GET /relations` endpoints, as per [MSC3981](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/3981). ([#1746](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1746))
**Spec Clarifications**
- The [strike](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTML/Element/strike) element is deprecated in the HTML spec. Clients should prefer [s](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTML/Element/s) instead. ([#1629](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1629))
- Clarify that read receipts should be batched by thread as well as by room. ([#1685](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1685))
- Clarify that threads can be created based on replies. ([#1687](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1687))
- Clarify in the reply fallbacks example that the prefix sequence should be repeated for each line. ([#1690](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1690))
- Clarify the format of account data objects for secret storage. ([#1695](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1695), [#1734](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1734))
- Clarify that the key backup MAC is implemented incorrectly and does not pass the ciphertext through HMAC-SHA-256. ([#1712](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1712))
- Clarify one-time key and fallback key types in examples. ([#1715](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1715))
- Clarify that the HKDF calculation for SAS uses base64-encoded keys rather than the raw key bytes. ([#1719](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1719))
- Clarify how to perform the ECDH exchange in step 12 of the SAS process. ([#1720](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1720))
- Document the deprecation policy of HTML tags, as per [MSC4077](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/4077). ([#1732](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1732))
- The [font](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTML/Element/font) element is deprecated in the HTML spec. Clients should prefer [span](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTML/Element/span) with the `data-mx-bg-color` and `data-mx-color` attributes instead. ([#1739](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1739))
- Disambiguate uses of `PublicRoomsChunk` in the `GET /hierarchy` endpoint. ([#1740](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1740))
- Clarify that `sdpMid` and `sdpMLineIndex` are not required in `m.call.candidates`. ([#1742](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1742))
- Fix various typos throughout the specification. ([#1748](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1748))
- Clearly indicate that each `Content-Type` may have distinct behaviour on non-JSON requests/responses. ([#1756](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1756))
- Clarify that the `m.push_rules` account data type cannot be set using the `/account_data` API, as per [MSC4010](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/4010). ([#1763](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1763))
## Server-Server API
**Spec Clarifications**
- Clarify Server-Server API request signing example by using the `POST` HTTP method, as `GET` requests don't have request bodies. ([#1721](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1721))
- Disambiguate uses of `PublicRoomsChunk` in the `GET /hierarchy` endpoint. ([#1740](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1740))
- Clarify that the `children_state`, `room_type` and `allowed_room_ids` properties in the items of the `children` array of the response of the `GET /hierarchy` endpoint are not required. ([#1741](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1741))
## Application Service API
**Spec Clarifications**
- Clarify that the `/login` and `/register` endpoints should fail when using the `m.login.application_service` login type without a valid `as_token`. ([#1744](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1744))
## Identity Service API
No significant changes.
## Push Gateway API
No significant changes.
## Room Versions
**Spec Clarifications**
- For room versions 7 through 11: Clarify that `invite->knock` is not a legal transition. ([#1717](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1717))
## Appendices
No significant changes.
## Internal Changes/Tooling
**Spec Clarifications**
- Update the spec release process. ([#1680](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1680))
- Minor clarifications to the contributing guide. ([#1697](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1697))
- Update Docsy to v0.8.0. ([#1699](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1699), [#1762](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1762))
- Fix npm release script for `@matrix-org/spec`. ([#1713](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1713))
- Add some clarifications around implementation requirements for MSCs. ([#1718](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1718))
- Update HTML templates to include links to object schema definitions. ([#1724](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1724))
- Factor out all the common parameters of the various `/relations` apis. ([#1745](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1745))
- Add support for `$ref` URIs containing fragments in OpenAPI definitions and JSON schemas. ([#1751](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1751), [#1754](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1754))

View file

@ -1,161 +0,0 @@
---
title: v1.11 Changelog
linkTitle: v1.11
type: docs
layout: changelog
outputs:
- html
- checklist
date: 2024-06-20
---
## Client-Server API
**Deprecations**
- Authentication using a query string is now deprecated, as per [MSC4126](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/issues/4126). The `Authorization` header should be used instead. ([#1808](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1808))
- Use of the `/_matrix/media/*` endpoints is now deprecated. New, authenticated, endpoints are available instead. ([#1858](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1858))
**New Endpoints**
- [`GET /_matrix/client/v1/media/config`](/client-server-api/#get_matrixclientv1mediaconfig) ([#1858](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1858))
- [`GET /_matrix/client/v1/media/download/{serverName}/{mediaId}`](/client-server-api/#get_matrixclientv1mediadownloadservernamemediaid) ([#1858](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1858))
- [`GET /_matrix/client/v1/media/download/{serverName}/{mediaId}/{fileName}`](/client-server-api/#get_matrixclientv1mediadownloadservernamemediaidfilename) ([#1858](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1858))
- [`GET /_matrix/client/v1/media/preview_url`](/client-server-api/#get_matrixclientv1mediapreview_url) ([#1858](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1858))
- [`GET /_matrix/client/v1/media/thumbnail/{serverName}/{mediaId}`](/client-server-api/#get_matrixclientv1mediathumbnailservernamemediaid) ([#1858](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1858))
**Backwards Compatible Changes**
- Add support for muting in VoIP calls, as per [MSC3291](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/3291). ([#1755](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1755))
- Add optional `animated` query string option to `GET /thumbnail`, as per [MSC2705](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/2705). ([#1757](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1757))
- Specify terms of services at registration, as per [MSC1692](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/1692). ([#1812](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1812))
- Add support for mathematical messages, as per [MSC2191](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/2191). ([#1816](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1816))
- Do not require UIA when first uploading cross-signing keys, as per [MSC3967](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/3967). ([#1828](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1828))
- Add the new `unsigned.membership` property to events, as per [MSC4115](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/4115). ([#1847](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1847))
- Media downloads and thumbnails are now authenticated, as per [MSC3916](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/3916). ([#1858](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1858))
- Some media endpoints are now consistently under `/_matrix/client/{version}/media/*` instead of `/_matrix/media/*`, as per [MSC3916](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/3916). ([#1858](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1858))
**Spec Clarifications**
- Add `/logout` and clarify the endpoints which do not take a JSON request body. ([#1644](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1644))
- Clarify that the `type` of the `POST /login` request must be one of the types returned by the `GET /login` response. ([#1776](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1776))
- Link to existing grammar where possible in types. ([#1813](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1813))
- Rename "recovery key" to "backup decryption key". ([#1819](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1819))
- Clarify that the device's Ed25519 signing key should be used in QR code verification (as opposed to the device's Curve25519 identity key). ([#1829](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1829))
- Fix various typos throughout the specification. ([#1832](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1832), [#1841](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1841), [#1852](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1852), [#1853](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1853))
- Specify the encoding to be used when generating QR codes for device verification. ([#1839](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1839))
- Clarify that an access token is optional on the `POST /account/password` and `POST /account/deactivate` endpoints. ([#1843](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1843))
- Use RFC 2119 keywords more consistently. ([#1846](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1846), [#1861](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1861))
- Move size limits for user, room and event IDs into the appendix and clarify that the length is to be measured in bytes. ([#1850](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1850))
- Clarify that relations recursion should be capped at a certain depth. ([#1854](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1854))
- Add missing secrets, third-party invites and room tagging modules to feature profiles table. ([#1860](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1860))
- Clarify when server name is used and link to the definition. ([#1862](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1862))
- Clarify where keys reside when checking an `m.room.encrypted` event. ([#1863](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1863))
- Clarify that `/media/v3/upload/{serverName}/{mediaId}` requires authentication. ([#1872](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1872))
## Server-Server API
**Deprecations**
- Use of the Client-Server API `/_matrix/media/*` endpoints is now deprecated. New, authenticated, endpoints are available instead. ([#1858](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1858))
**New Endpoints**
- [`GET /_matrix/federation/v1/media/download/{mediaId}`](/server-server-api/#get_matrixfederationv1mediadownloadmediaid) ([#1858](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1858))
- [`GET /_matrix/federation/v1/media/thumbnail/{mediaId}`](/server-server-api/#get_matrixfederationv1mediathumbnailmediaid) ([#1858](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1858))
**Backwards Compatible Changes**
- Media downloads and thumbnails are now authenticated, as per [MSC3916](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/3916). ([#1858](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1858), [#1869](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1869))
**Spec Clarifications**
- Link to existing grammar where possible in types. ([#1813](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1813))
- Clarify that whitespace around commas is allowed in the `X-Matrix` `Authorization` header value params list. ([#1818](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1818))
- Clarify that the `event` field of the `/v2/send_join` response is only required when the event is signed by the resident server. ([#1834](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1834), [#1840](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1840))
- Replace references to RFC 7235 and RFC 7230 that are obsoleted by RFC 9110. ([#1844](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1844))
- Fix various typos throughout the specification. ([#1877](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1877))
## Application Service API
**Spec Clarifications**
- Clarify that appservices should be notified of events relating to the `sender_localpart` user. ([#1810](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1810))
## Identity Service API
**Deprecations**
- Authentication using a query string is now deprecated, as per [MSC4126](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/issues/4126). The `Authorization` header should be used instead. ([#1808](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1808))
## Push Gateway API
No significant changes.
## Room Versions
**Spec Clarifications**
- Clarify that redaction events are still subject to all applicable auth rules. ([#1824](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1824))
- Fix various typos throughout the specification. ([#1827](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1827), [#1848](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1848))
- Fix the rendering of the event format for room versions 1 and 2. ([#1883](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1883))
- Generate the Table of Contents with Hugo rather than JavaScript. ([#1884](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1884))
## Appendices
**Deprecations**
- Deprecate linking to events in rooms identified by alias, as per [MSC4132](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/4132). ([#1823](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1823))
**Spec Clarifications**
- Define 'Opaque Identifier Grammar'. ([#1791](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1791))
- Define common cryptographic key representation. ([#1819](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1819))
- Move size limits for user, room and event IDs into the appendix and clarify that the length is to be measured in bytes. ([#1850](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1850))
## Internal Changes/Tooling
**Spec Clarifications**
- Update the spec release process and related documentation. ([#1759](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1759))
- Fix npm release script for `@matrix-org/spec`. ([#1765](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1765))
- Formatting fixes in `CONTRIBUTING.rst`. ([#1769](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1769))
- Improve rendering on mobile devices. ([#1770](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1770), [#1771](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1771))
- Fix the OpenAPI definition of the security schemes. ([#1772](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1772))
- Simplify uses of `resolve-refs` partial. ([#1773](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1773))
- Fix Hugo warnings. ([#1775](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1775), [#1788](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1788))
- Fix `github-labels.rst`. ([#1781](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1781))
- Update dependencies. ([#1786](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1786), [#1803](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1803), [#1804](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1804))
- Solve `allOf` recursively in OpenAPI and JSON Schemas. ([#1787](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1787))
- Fix property type resolution in `render-object-table` partial. ([#1789](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1789))
- Factor out common definition of `Tag` type. ([#1793](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1793))
- Update the version of Hugo used to render the spec to v0.124.1. ([#1794](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1794))
- Add support for pattern formats for `patternProperties`. ([#1796](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1796))
- Clean up unnecessary `allOf`s in OpenAPI definitions. ([#1797](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1797))
- Show information about "Additional Properties" in object tables. ([#1798](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1798))
- Fix anchors for schemas under `oneOf`. ([#1799](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1799))
- Use reference to `OneTimeKeys` schema in OpenAPI definitions. ([#1800](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1800))
- Do not use the `title` of objects containing only `additionalProperties` or `patternProperties`. ([#1801](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1801))
- Add anchors in `definition` shortcode. ([#1802](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1802))
- Set python version for the Towncrier CI job. ([#1805](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1805))
- Replace `set-output` with environment files in CI. ([#1806](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1806))
- Render response headers. ([#1809](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1809))
- Use `patternProperties` in more places with supported formats. ([#1813](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1813))
- Add support for rendering string formats. ([#1814](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1814))
- Refactor the OpenAPI definitions of the content repository endpoints. ([#1822](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1822))
- Clean up pull request template. ([#1831](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1831))
- Do not add empty arrays to examples. ([#1849](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1849))
- Generate the Table of Contents with Hugo rather than JavaScript. ([#1851](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1851), [#1885](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1885))
- Fix syntax errors in the spec release issue template. ([#1856](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1856))
- Use environment variables for Netlify build job. ([#1865](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1865))
- Render added/changed in info on request and response content types. ([#1876](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1876))
- Fix validation errors in generated HTML. ([#1880](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1880))
- Ensure most generated HTML IDs are unique. ([#1881](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1881))
- Allow to specify a prefix for generated HTML IDs of API endpoints. ([#1882](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1882))

View file

@ -1,113 +0,0 @@
---
title: v1.12 Changelog
linkTitle: v1.12
type: docs
layout: changelog
outputs:
- html
- checklist
date: 2024-10-07
---
## Client-Server API
**Deprecations**
- Deprecate the `server_name` query parameter on `POST /_matrix/client/v3/join/{roomIdOrAlias}` and `POST /_matrix/client/v3/knock/{roomIdOrAlias}`, as per [MSC4156](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/4156). ([#1933](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1933))
**Removed Endpoints**
- Remove references to device-specific push rules. ([#1842](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1842))
- Remove the deprecated name attribute on HTML anchor elements, as per [MSC4159](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/4159). ([#1870](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1870))
**Backwards Compatible Changes**
- Add 403 responses on `GET /_matrix/client/v3/profile/{userId}/avatar_url` and `GET /_matrix/client/v3/profile/{userId}/displayname`, as per [MSC4170](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/4170). ([#1867](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1867))
- Add support for marking rooms as unread, as per [MSC2867](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/2867). ([#1895](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1895), [#1941](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1941))
- Add `via` query parameter on `POST /_matrix/client/v3/join/{roomIdOrAlias}` and `POST /_matrix/client/v3/knock/{roomIdOrAlias}`, as per [MSC4156](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/4156). ([#1933](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1933))
- Add account locking, as per [MSC3939](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/3939). ([#1934](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1934))
- Guest accounts can now download/thumbnail media from the new authenticated endpoints, as per [MSC4189](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/4189). ([#1959](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1959))
**Spec Clarifications**
- Rename and sort the modules in the feature profiles table for easier skimming. ([#1855](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1855))
- Clarify that room avatars cannot be encrypted. ([#1871](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1871))
- Document the acronyms and alternate names for the "Secrets" section. ([#1875](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1875))
- Improve recommendation for how to form transaction IDs. ([#1888](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1888))
- Clarify that the deprecated `dont_notify` and `coalesce` push rule actions MUST be ignored, not rejected. ([#1890](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1890))
- Fix various typos throughout the specification. ([#1892](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1892))
- Add missing references to `m.set_displayname`, `m.set_avatar_url`, and `m.3pid_changes` in capabilities table. ([#1897](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1897))
- Clarify that the fallback login page calls `window.matrixLogin.onLogin` instead of `window.onLogin`. ([#1899](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1899))
- Remove confusing description of restricted rooms with no valid conditions. ([#1903](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1903))
- Clarify that `window.matrixLogin.onLogin` is called with the response body of `POST /_matrix/client/v3/login`. ([#1905](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1905))
- Document the `m.get_login_token` capability, as per [MSC3882](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/3882). ([#1908](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1908))
- Clarify that the `User identifier` object in `POST /_matrix/client/v3/login` contains additional properties that depend on the identification type. ([#1909](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1909))
- Don't mention that `GET /_matrix/client/v3/profile/{userId}` can return additional properties because this is true for almost every endpoint. ([#1910](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1910))
- Improve wording of the unauthenticated media deprecation box. Contributed by @HarHarLinks. ([#1916](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1916))
- Additional properties in `GET /.well-known/matrix/client` don't have to be objects. ([#1920](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1920))
- Document that the spec uses [RFC 2119](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2119) keywords. Contributed by @HarHarLinks. ([#1928](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1928))
- Specify `Content-Type` and `Content-Disposition` usage in the media repo, as per [MSC2701](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/2701) and [MSC2702](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/2702). ([#1935](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1935))
- Additional keys in `GET /_matrix/client/v3/capabilities` don't have to be objects. ([#1945](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1945))
## Server-Server API
**Backwards Compatible Changes**
- Add 403 response on `GET /_matrix/federation/v1/query/profile`, as per [MSC4170](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/4170). ([#1867](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1867))
**Spec Clarifications**
- Remove `origin` field from PDU example because it doesn't exist in the schema anymore. ([#1918](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1918))
- Document that the spec uses [RFC 2119](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2119) keywords. Contributed by @HarHarLinks. ([#1928](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1928))
- Fix required fields in `GET /_matrix/key/v2/server` response schema. ([#1930](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1930))
- Use "server name" instead of "DNS name" to avoid confusion with the "DNS name" component of "server names" as defined in the appendices. ([#1946](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1946))
## Application Service API
**Spec Clarifications**
- Document that the spec uses [RFC 2119](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2119) keywords. Contributed by @HarHarLinks. ([#1928](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1928))
## Identity Service API
**Spec Clarifications**
- Document that the spec uses [RFC 2119](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2119) keywords. Contributed by @HarHarLinks. ([#1928](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1928))
## Push Gateway API
**Spec Clarifications**
- Document that the spec uses [RFC 2119](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2119) keywords. Contributed by @HarHarLinks. ([#1928](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1928))
## Room Versions
**Spec Clarifications**
- Fix a formatting issue in state resolution v2. ([#1896](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1896))
- Document that the spec uses [RFC 2119](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2119) keywords. Contributed by @HarHarLinks. ([#1928](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1928))
## Appendices
**Spec Clarifications**
- Document that the spec uses [RFC 2119](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2119) keywords. Contributed by @HarHarLinks. ([#1928](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1928))
## Internal Changes/Tooling
**Spec Clarifications**
- The Matrix.org Foundation no longer requires "real" or "legally identifiable" names in order to contribute to projects. ([#1886](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1886), [#1914](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1914))
- Document the `removal` changelog category. ([#1907](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1907))
- Use dedicated fonts for better support of mathematical symbols. ([#1919](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1919))
- Document that the spec uses [RFC 2119](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2119) keywords. Contributed by @HarHarLinks. ([#1928](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1928))
- Provide markdown checklists for changelogs under `/changelog/$VERSION/checklist.md`. ([#1937](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1937), [#1954](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1954))
- Add the `deprecated` field to properties of OpenAPI definitions and JSON Schemas. ([#1940](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1940))
- Use relative permalink to redirect to latest changelog. ([#1956](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1956))

View file

@ -1,108 +0,0 @@
---
title: v1.13 Changelog
linkTitle: v1.13
type: docs
layout: changelog
outputs:
- html
- checklist
date: 2024-12-19
---
## Client-Server API
**New Endpoints**
- Add `POST /_matrix/client/v3/rooms/{roomId}/report`, as per [MSC4151](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/4151). ([#1938](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1938), [#2028](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2028))
**Backwards Compatible Changes**
- Add error codes to requestToken endpoints, as per [MSC4178](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/4178). ([#1944](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1944))
- Remove reply fallbacks, as per [MSC2781](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/issues/2781). ([#1994](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1994))
- Clarify the allowed HTTP methods in CORS responses, as per [MSC4138](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/4138). ([#1995](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1995), [#2011](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2011))
- Add new `M_USER_SUSPENDED` error code behaviour, as per [MSC3823](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/3823). ([#2014](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2014))
**Spec Clarifications**
- The `reason` parameter in `POST /_matrix/client/v3/rooms/{roomId}/report/{eventId}` can be omitted instead of left blank, as per [MSC2414](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/2414). ([#1938](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1938))
- Correct OpenAPI specification for query parameters to `GET /_matrix/client/v3/thirdparty/location/{protocol}` endpoint. ([#1947](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1947))
- Sort VoIP events semantically. ([#1967](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1967))
- Clarify that servers must forward custom keys in `PusherData` when sending notifications to the push gateway. ([#1973](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1973))
- Clarify formats of string types. ([#1978](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1978), [#1979](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1979), [#1980](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1980))
- Clarify that the async upload endpoint will return 404 in some cases. ([#1983](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1983))
- Remove distinction between `StateFilter` and `RoomEventFilter`. ([#2015](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2015))
- Add hyperlinks throughout the specification. ([#2016](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2016))
- Use `json` instead of `json5` for syntax highlighting. ([#2017](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2017))
- Specify order that one-time keys are issued by `/keys/claim`, as per [MSC4225](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/4225). ([#2029](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2029))
## Server-Server API
**Backwards Compatible Changes**
- Make ACLs apply to EDUs, as per [MSC4163](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/4163). ([#2004](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2004))
**Spec Clarifications**
- Add 403 error response to `/_matrix/federation/v1/state_ids/{roomId}`. ([#1926](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1926))
## Application Service API
**Backwards Compatible Changes**
- Allow sending ephemeral data to application services, as per [MSC2409](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/2409). ([#2018](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2018))
## Identity Service API
No significant changes.
## Push Gateway API
**Spec Clarifications**
- Document the schema of `PusherData`. ([#1968](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1968))
- The path of HTTP pusher URLs is fixed to `/_matrix/push/v1/notify`. ([#1974](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1974))
## Room Versions
**Spec Clarifications**
- Clarify rule 4.3.1 of the auth rules in room version 11 to state which event's `sender` the `state_key` needs to match. ([#2024](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2024))
## Appendices
**Spec Clarifications**
- Remove note about reference implementations. ([#1966](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1966))
## Internal Changes/Tooling
**Spec Clarifications**
- Add `x-weight` property for sorting events rendered with the `event-group` shortcode. ([#1967](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1967))
- Enforce consistent vertical spacing between paragraphs in endpoint definitions. ([#1969](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1969), [#2005](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2005))
- Remove `boxes/added-in-paragraph` shortcode. ([#1970](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1970))
- Remove `withVersioning` parameter of `rver-fragment` shortcode. ([#1971](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1971))
- Remove `span` element from `added-in` and `changed-in` shortcodes. ([#1972](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1972))
- Fix formatting of `added-in` and `changed-in` shortcodes by using `%` delimiter. ([#1975](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1975))
- Remove CSS workaround for scroll-anchoring. ([#1976](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1976))
- Rename `custom-formats.yaml` to `string-formats.yaml` and update its docs. ([#1977](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1977))
- Fix relative URLs when serving the specification with a custom `baseURL`. ([#1984](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1984), [#1997](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1997))
- Rename `.htmltest.yaml` to `.htmltest.yml`. ([#1985](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1985))
- Improve the JS script to highlight the current ToC entry. ([#1991](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1991), [#2002](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2002))
- Upgrade docsy to 0.11.0 and hugo to 0.139.0. ([#1996](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1996), [#2007](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2007))
- Improve the quality of the rendered diagrams ([#1999](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1999))
- Update the Inter font and allow the browser to render the page before it is loaded ([#2000](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2000))
- Use a proper Matrix favicon ([#2001](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2001))
- Clean up unused CSS classes in `openapi/render-operation` partial. ([#2003](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2003))
- Fix `changed-in` partial when used with multiple paragraphs. ([#2006](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2006))
- Optimize generated CSS by removing unused selectors. ([#2008](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2008))
- Remove trailing slash on void HTML elements. ([#2009](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2009))
- Remove `type` and `language` attributes of `script` element. ([#2021](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2021))
- Change the accessible role of info boxes to `note`. ([#2022](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2022))

View file

@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
---
title: v1.14 Changelog
linkTitle: v1.14
type: docs
layout: changelog
outputs:
- html
- checklist
date: 2025-03-27
---
## Client-Server API
**New Endpoints**
- Add `POST /_matrix/client/v3/users/{userId}/report`, as per [MSC4260](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/4260). ([#2093](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2093))
**Removed Endpoints**
- Remove `server_name` parameter from `/_matrix/client/v3/join/{roomIdOrAlias}` and `/_matrix/client/v3/knock/{roomIdOrAlias}`, as per [MSC4213](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/4213). ([#2059](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2059))
**Spec Clarifications**
- The `POST /_matrix/client/v3/rooms/{roomId}/initialSync` endpoint is no longer deprecated, as it is still used for peeking. ([#2036](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2036))
- Clarify wording in the `/join` endpoints' summaries and descriptions. Contributed by @HarHarLinks. ([#2038](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2038))
- Clarify formats of string types. ([#2046](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2046))
- Fix various typos throughout the specification. ([#2047](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2047), [#2048](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2048), [#2080](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2080), [#2091](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2091))
- Document the `instance_id` field of `Protocol Instance` in the responses to `GET /_matrix/client/v3/thirdparty/protocols` and `GET /_matrix/client/v3/thirdparty/protocol/{protocol}`. ([#2051](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2051))
- Applying redactions is a SHOULD for clients. ([#2055](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2055))
- Clarify which rooms are returned from `/hierarchy`. ([#2064](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2064))
- Clients can choose which history visibility options they offer to users when creating rooms. ([#2072](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2072))
## Server-Server API
**Spec Clarifications**
- Remove the `origin` field in `PUT /send_join` responses, because it was never sent in the first place. ([#2050](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2050))
- Clarify that `m.join_rules` should be in the `auth_events` of an `m.room.member` event with a `membership` of `knock`. ([#2063](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2063))
- Remove an erroneous `room_id` field in a few examples. ([#2076](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2076))
## Application Service API
No significant changes.
## Identity Service API
No significant changes.
## Push Gateway API
No significant changes.
## Room Versions
**Backwards Compatible Changes**
- Update the default room version to 11, as per [MSC4239](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/4239). ([#2105](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2105))
**Spec Clarifications**
- For room versions 6 and 7, clarify in the authorization rules that `m.federate` must be checked and that events with rejected auth events must be rejected, for parity with all the other room versions. ([#2065](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2065))
- Fix various typos throughout the specification. ([#2066](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2066))
- Refactor PDU definitions to reduce duplication. ([#2070](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2070))
- Clarify the maximum `depth` value for room versions 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, and 11. ([#2114](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2114))
## Appendices
**Spec Clarifications**
- Clarify that arbitrary unicode is allowed in user/room IDs and room aliases. ([#1506](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1506))
## Internal Changes/Tooling
**Spec Clarifications**
- Generate the changelog release info with Hugo, rather than the changelog generation script. ([#2033](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2033))
- Update release steps documentation. ([#2041](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2041))
- Remove unused `release_date` from Hugo config. ([#2042](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2042))
- Clarify that v1.0 of Matrix was a release prior to the current global versioning system. ([#2045](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2045))
- Fix syntax highlighting and click-to-copy buttons for code blocks by purging less CSS. ([#2049](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2049))
- Fix the version of the Identity Service API when Matrix 1.0 was introduced. ([#2061](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2061))
- Fix parsing of nested slices in `resolve-refs` and `resolve-allof` partials. ([#2069](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2069))
- Deduplicate the definition of `RoomKeysUpdateResponse`. ([#2073](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2073))
- Deduplicate the definitions of `Invite3pid`. ([#2074](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2074))
- Support more locations for examples in OpenAPI definitions and JSON schemas. ([#2076](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2076))
- Add link to the git commit for the unstable changelog. ([#2078](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2078))

View file

@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
---
title: v1.15 Changelog
linkTitle: v1.15
type: docs
layout: changelog
outputs:
- html
- checklist
date: 2025-06-26
---
## Client-Server API
**New Endpoints**
- Add `GET /_matrix/client/v1/room_summary/{roomIdOrAlias}`, as per [MSC3266](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/3266). ([#2125](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2125))
- Add `GET /_matrix/client/v1/auth_metadata`, as per [MSC2965](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/2965). ([#2147](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2147))
**Backwards Compatible Changes**
- Add `m.topic` content block to enable rich text in `m.room.topic` events as per [MSC3765](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/3765). ([#2095](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2095))
- Include device keys with Olm-encrypted events as per [MSC4147](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/4147). ([#2122](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2122))
- Add `/_matrix/client/v1/room_summary/{roomIdOrAlias}` and extend `/_matrix/client/v1/rooms/{roomId}/hierarchy` with the new optional properties `allowed_room_ids`, `encryption` and `room_version` as per [MSC3266](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/3266). ([#2125](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2125), [#2158](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2158))
- Add the OAuth 2.0 based authentication API, as per [MSC3861](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/3861) and its sub-proposals. ([#2141](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2141), [#2148](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2148), [#2149](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2149), [#2150](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2150), [#2151](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2151), [#2159](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2159), [#2164](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2164))
**Spec Clarifications**
- Clarify behaviour when the `topic` key of a `m.room.topic` event is absent, null, or empty. ([#2068](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2068))
- Fix the example of the `GET /sync` endpoint and the `m.room.member` example used in several places. ([#2077](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2077))
- Clarify the format of third-party invites, including the fact that identity server public keys can be encoded using standard or URL-safe base64. ([#2083](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2083))
- "Public" rooms in profile look-ups are defined through their join rule and history visibility. ([#2101](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2101))
- "Public" rooms in user directory queries are defined through their join rule and history visibility. ([#2102](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2102))
- Rooms published in `/publicRooms` don't necessarily have `public` join rules or `world_readable` history visibility. ([#2104](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2104))
- "Public" rooms with respect to call invites are defined through their join rule. ([#2106](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2106))
- "Public" rooms have no specific meaning with respect to moderation policy lists. ([#2107](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2107))
- "Public" rooms with respect to presence are defined through their join rule. ([#2108](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2108))
- Spaces are subject to the same access mechanisms as rooms. ([#2109](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2109))
- Fix various typos throughout the specification. ([#2121](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2121), [#2144](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2144))
- Clarify that Well-Known URIs are available on the server name's hostname. Contributed by @HarHarLinks. ([#2140](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2140))
- Add missing fields in example for `ExportedSessionData`. ([#2154](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2154))
## Server-Server API
**Backwards Compatible Changes**
- Add `m.topic` content block to enable rich text in `m.room.topic` events as per [MSC3765](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/3765). ([#2095](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2095))
- Extend `/_matrix/federation/v1/hierarchy/{roomId}` with the new optional properties `encryption` and `room_version` as per [MSC3266](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/3266). ([#2125](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2125))
**Spec Clarifications**
- Add a note to the invite endpoints that invites to local users may be received twice over federation if the homeserver is already in the room. ([#2067](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2067))
- Clarify the format of third-party invites, including the fact that identity server public keys can be encoded using standard or URL-safe base64. ([#2083](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2083))
- Clarify that auth event of `content.join_authorised_via_users_server` is only necessary for `m.room.member` with a `membership` of `join`. ([#2100](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2100))
- Rooms published in `/publicRooms` don't necessarily have `public` join rules or `world_readable` history visibility. ([#2104](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2104))
- Fix various typos throughout the specification. ([#2128](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2128))
- Clarify that Well-Known URIs are available on the server name's hostname. Contributed by @HarHarLinks. ([#2140](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2140))
## Application Service API
**Spec Clarifications**
- Clarify in the application service registration schema the `url: null` behaviour. ([#2130](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2130))
## Identity Service API
**Spec Clarifications**
- Clarify that public keys can be encoded using standard or URL-safe base64. ([#2083](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2083))
## Push Gateway API
No significant changes.
## Room Versions
No significant changes.
## Appendices
No significant changes.
## Internal Changes/Tooling
**Spec Clarifications**
- Adjust margins in rendered endpoints. ([#2081](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2081))
- Replace Hugo shortcodes in OpenAPI output. ([#2088](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2088))
- Add [well-known funding manifest urls](https://floss.fund/funding-manifest/) to spec to authorise https://matrix.org/funding.json. Contributed by @HarHarLinks. ([#2115](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2115))
- Fix the historical info box when generating the historical spec in CI. ([#2123](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2123))
- Update the header navigation menu with links to modern matrix.org. Contributed by @HarHarLinks. ([#2137](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2137))

View file

@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
---
title: v1.16 Changelog
linkTitle: v1.16
type: docs
layout: changelog
outputs:
- html
- checklist
date: 2025-09-17
---
## Client-Server API
**Deprecations**
- Deprecate `m.set_avatar_url` and `m.set_displayname` capabilities, as per [MSC4133](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/4133). ([#2071](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2071))
**Removed Endpoints**
- Remove unintentional intentional mentions in replies, as per [MSC4142](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/4142). ([#2210](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2210))
**Backwards Compatible Changes**
- Update user profile endpoints to handle custom fields, and add a new `m.profile_fields` capability, as per [MSC4133](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/4133). ([#2071](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2071))
- Add `format` query parameter to `GET /state/{eventType}/{stateKey}` to allow fetching metadata of a specific state event. ([#2175](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2175))
- Add the `use_state_after` query parameter and `state_after` response property to `GET /sync`, as per [MSC4222](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/issues/4222). ([#2187](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2187))
- When upgrading rooms to [room version 12](/rooms/v12), `additional_creators` may be specified on the [`POST /_matrix/client/v3/rooms/{roomId}/upgrade`](/client-server-api/#post_matrixclientv3roomsroomidupgrade) endpoint, as per [MSC4289](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/4289). ([#2193](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2193))
- When creating rooms with [room version 12](/rooms/v12), the `trusted_private_chat` preset should merge the invitees into the supplied `content.additional_creators` in the resulting room, as per [MSC4289](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/4289). ([#2193](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2193))
- In [room version 12](/rooms/v12), the power level of room creators is now infinitely high as per [MSC4289](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/4289). ([#2193](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2193))
- In [room version 12](/rooms/v12), room IDs no longer have a domain component as per [MSC4291](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/4291). ([#2193](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2193))
- When creating rooms with [room version 12](/rooms/v12), the initial power levels will restrict the ability to upgrade rooms by default, as per [MSC4289](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/4289). ([#2193](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2193))
- Add a profile field for a user's time zone, as per [MSC4175](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/4175). ([#2206](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2206))
- Invites and knocks are now expected to contain the `m.room.create` event in their stripped state entries, as per [MSC4311](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/4311). ([#2207](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2207))
**Spec Clarifications**
- Clarify that `format` is required if `formatted_body` is specified. ([#2167](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2167))
- The `latest_event` in an aggregated set of thread events uses the same format as the event itself. ([#2169](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2169))
- Fix various typos throughout the specification. ([#2171](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2171), [#2177](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2177), [#2179](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2179))
- Clarify that clients should replace events with the most recent replacement by `origin_server_ts`. ([#2190](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2190))
- Fix `/sync` flow referencing incorrect parameter to use with `/messages`. ([#2195](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2195))
- Clarify wording around the `world_readable` history visibility setting. Contributed by @HarHarLinks. ([#2204](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2204))
## Server-Server API
**Backwards Compatible Changes**
- `invite_room_state` and `knock_room_state` now have additional requirements and validation depending on the room version, as per [MSC4311](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/4311). ([#2207](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2207))
## Application Service API
No significant changes.
## Identity Service API
No significant changes.
## Push Gateway API
No significant changes.
## Room Versions
**Backwards Compatible Changes**
- Room IDs in room version 12 are now the event ID of the create event with the normal room ID sigil (`!`), as per [MSC4291](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/4291). ([#2193](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2193))
- Room creators are formalized in room version 12 and have infinitely high power level, as per [MSC4289](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/4289). ([#2193](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2193))
- State Resolution is updated in room version 12 to reduce the opportunity for "state resets", as per [MSC4297](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/4297). ([#2193](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2193))
- The default room version is now room version 12, though servers SHOULD keep using room version 11 for a little while, as per [MSC4304](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/4304). ([#2193](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2193))
- Add [room version 12](/rooms/v12) as per [MSC4304](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/4304). ([#2193](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2193), [#2199](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2199))
**Spec Clarifications**
- In room versions 1 through 12, an event's `auth_events` have always needed to belong to the same room as per [MSC4307](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/4307). ([#2193](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2193))
## Appendices
**Backwards Compatible Changes**
- Room IDs can now appear without a domain component in [room version 12](/rooms/v12), as per [MSC4291](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/4291). ([#2193](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2193))
## Internal Changes/Tooling
**Backwards Compatible Changes**
- Add "placeholder MSC" process definition. ([#2157](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2157))
**Spec Clarifications**
- Declare the Application Service Registration schema to follow JSON Schema spec 2020-12. ([#2132](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2132))
- Declare the event schemas to follow JSON Schema spec 2020-12. ([#2132](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2132))
- Upgrade the docsy theme to version 0.12.0. ([#2160](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2160))
- GitHub actions are now building the OpenAPI `spec/identity-service-api/api.json` file. ([#2172](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2172))
- Minor fixes to JSON schemas. ([#2182](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2182))
- Specify a correct spelling for "display name". ([#2189](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2189))
- Fix a grammatical typo on the Matrix Spec Process documentation page. ([#2205](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2205))

View file

@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
---
title: v1.17 Changelog
linkTitle: v1.17
type: docs
layout: changelog
outputs:
- html
- checklist
date: 2025-12-18
---
## Client-Server API
**Removed Endpoints**
- Remove legacy mentions, as per [MSC4210](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/issues/4210). ([#2186](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2186))
**Backwards Compatible Changes**
- Allow application services to masquerade as specific devices belonging to users, as per [MSC4326](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/4326). ([#2221](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2221))
- Add the `m.oauth` authentication type for User-Interactive Authentication, as per [MSC4312](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/4312). ([#2234](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2234))
- Allow application services to manage devices and register users without the legacy authentication API, as per [MSC4190](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/4190). ([#2267](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2267))
**Spec Clarifications**
- Push rule IDs are globally unique within their kind. ([#2214](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2214))
- Don't advertise `creator` field in description of room creation. ([#2215](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2215))
- `room_id` is required for peeking via `/_matrix/client/v3/events`. ([#2216](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2216))
- The `server-name` segment of MXC URIs is sanitised differently from the `media-id` segment. ([#2217](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2217))
- Add note to each endpoint that uses capability negotiation. ([#2223](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2223))
- Additional OpenGraph properties can be present in URL previews. ([#2225](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2225))
- Clarify the special casing of membership events and redactions in power levels. ([#2231](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2231))
- `M_RESOURCE_LIMIT_EXCEEDED` is now listed as a common error code. ([#2232](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2232))
- Add `m.login.terms` to enumeration of authentication types. ([#2233](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2233))
- Clarify how to use `state_after` ahead of declaring full support for its spec version. ([#2240](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2240))
- `device_one_time_keys_count` is only optional if no unclaimed one-time keys exist. ([#2245](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2245))
- Clarify that servers may choose not to use `M_USER_DEACTIVATED` at login time, for example for privacy reasons when they can't authenticate deactivated users. ([#2246](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2246))
- Usage of the `event_id_only` format for push notifications is not mandatory. ([#2255](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2255))
- Fix various typos throughout the specification. ([#2224](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2224), [#2227](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2227), [#2250](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2250))
## Server-Server API
No significant changes.
## Application Service API
**Backwards Compatible Changes**
- Allow application services to masquerade as specific devices belonging to users, as per [MSC4326](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/4326). ([#2221](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2221))
- Allow application services to manage devices and register users without the legacy authentication API, as per [MSC4190](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/4190). ([#2267](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2267))
**Spec Clarifications**
- Fix JSON formatting in the "Server admin style permissions" examples. ([#2213](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2213))
## Identity Service API
No significant changes.
## Push Gateway API
No significant changes.
## Room Versions
**Spec Clarifications**
- In room versions 8 through 12, clarify that "sufficient permission to invite users" on restricted joins also includes being a joined member of the room. ([#2220](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2220))
- In room versions 3 through 12, clarify that when you have the power to redact, it is possible to redact events that you don't have the power to send. ([#2249](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2249))
## Appendices
No significant changes.
## Internal Changes/Tooling
**Spec Clarifications**
- Swapped icon for X (fka. twitter) to updated logo in footer. ([#2219](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2219))
- Inline Olm & Megolm specifications. ([#2226](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2226), [#2241](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2241), [#2242](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2242))
- Silence failing redocly-cli rule. ([#2238](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2238))
- Use NPM Trusted Publishers for publishing `@matrix-org/spec` to npm. ([#2239](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2239))
- Add version picker in the navbar. ([#2256](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2256), [#2258](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2258), [#2259](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2259), [#2260](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2260), [#2261](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2261), [#2264](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2264), [#2268](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2268))
- Add a list of endpoints to the top of each spec page. ([#2262](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/2262))

View file

@ -1,15 +1,23 @@
---
title: v1.2 Changelog
linkTitle: v1.2
type: docs
layout: changelog
outputs:
- html
- checklist
date: 2022-02-02
date: 2022-02-02T00:00:00+0000
---
<!--
This is a header file for the generated changelog.
## Client-Server API
Variables:
v1.2 = Replaced by the version number (eg: v1.2)
February 02, 2022 = Replaced by the date (eg: April 01, 2021)
-->
## v1.2
<table class="release-info">
<tr><th>Git commit</th><td><a href="https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-doc/tree/v1.2">https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-doc/tree/v1.2</a></td>
<tr><th>Release date</th><td>February 02, 2022</td>
</table>
<!-- Intentionally blank line to ensure headers work in the concatenated changelog -->
### Client-Server API
<strong>Breaking Changes</strong>
@ -57,7 +65,7 @@ date: 2022-02-02
- Fix the rendering of the responses for various API endpoints. ([#3674](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-doc/issues/3674))
## Server-Server API
### Server-Server API
<strong>New Endpoints</strong>
@ -80,7 +88,7 @@ date: 2022-02-02
- Fix the rendering of the responses for various API endpoints. ([#3674](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-doc/issues/3674))
## Application Service API
### Application Service API
<strong>Spec Clarifications</strong>
@ -91,7 +99,7 @@ date: 2022-02-02
- Correct the documentation for the response value for `GET /_matrix/app/v1/thirdparty/protocol/{protocol}`. ([#3675](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-doc/issues/3675))
## Identity Service API
### Identity Service API
<strong>Backwards Compatible Changes</strong>
@ -106,7 +114,7 @@ date: 2022-02-02
- Fix the rendering of the responses for various API endpoints. ([#3674](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-doc/issues/3674))
## Push Gateway API
### Push Gateway API
<strong>Spec Clarifications</strong>
@ -115,7 +123,7 @@ date: 2022-02-02
- Fix the rendering of the responses for various API endpoints. ([#3674](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-doc/issues/3674))
## Room Versions
### Room Versions
<strong>Backwards Compatible Changes</strong>
@ -136,7 +144,7 @@ date: 2022-02-02
- Fix auth rules to allow membership of `knock` -> `leave` in v7, v8, and v9. ([#3694](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-doc/issues/3694))
## Appendices
### Appendices
<strong>Backwards Compatible Changes</strong>

View file

@ -1,15 +1,23 @@
---
title: v1.3 Changelog
linkTitle: v1.3
type: docs
layout: changelog
outputs:
- html
- checklist
date: 2022-06-15
date: 2022-06-15T00:00:00+0100
---
<!--
This is a header file for the generated changelog.
## Client-Server API
Variables:
v1.3 = Replaced by the version number (eg: v1.2)
June 15, 2022 = Replaced by the date (eg: April 01, 2021)
-->
## v1.3
<table class="release-info">
<tr><th>Git commit</th><td><a href="https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/tree/v1.3">https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/tree/v1.3</a></td>
<tr><th>Release date</th><td>June 15, 2022</td>
</table>
<!-- Intentionally blank line to ensure headers work in the concatenated changelog -->
### Client-Server API
<strong>Deprecations</strong>
@ -47,7 +55,7 @@ date: 2022-06-15
- Fix membership state transitions to denote that `invite->knock` and `external->leave` are valid transitions. ([#3730](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/issues/3730))
## Server-Server API
### Server-Server API
<strong>Backwards Compatible Changes</strong>
@ -71,7 +79,7 @@ date: 2022-06-15
- Clarify that the `content` for `X-Matrix` signature validation is the parsed JSON body. ([#3727](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/issues/3727))
## Application Service API
### Application Service API
<strong>Backwards Compatible Changes</strong>
@ -80,19 +88,19 @@ date: 2022-06-15
- Add timestamp massaging as per [MSC3316](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/3316). ([#1094](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1094))
## Identity Service API
### Identity Service API
No significant changes.
## Push Gateway API
### Push Gateway API
No significant changes.
## Room Versions
### Room Versions
<strong>Backwards Compatible Changes</strong>
@ -116,7 +124,7 @@ No significant changes.
- For room versions 7, 8, 9, and 10: fix join membership authorization rules when `join_rule` is `knock`. ([#3737](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/issues/3737))
## Appendices
### Appendices
No significant changes.

View file

@ -1,15 +1,23 @@
---
title: v1.4 Changelog
linkTitle: v1.4
type: docs
layout: changelog
outputs:
- html
- checklist
date: 2022-09-29
date: 2022-09-29T00:00:00+0100
---
<!--
This is a header file for the generated changelog.
## Client-Server API
Variables:
v1.4 = Replaced by the version number (eg: v1.2)
September 29, 2022 = Replaced by the date (eg: April 01, 2021)
-->
## v1.4
<table class="release-info">
<tr><th>Git commit</th><td><a href="https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/tree/v1.4">https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/tree/v1.4</a></td>
<tr><th>Release date</th><td>September 29, 2022</td>
</table>
<!-- Intentionally blank line to ensure headers work in the concatenated changelog -->
### Client-Server API
<strong>Removed Endpoints</strong>
@ -50,7 +58,7 @@ date: 2022-09-29
- Clarify enum values by separating possible values with commas. ([#1240](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1240))
## Server-Server API
### Server-Server API
<strong>Backwards Compatible Changes</strong>
@ -67,7 +75,7 @@ date: 2022-09-29
- Update "API Standards" section to clarify how JSON is used. ([#1185](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1185))
## Application Service API
### Application Service API
<strong>Breaking Changes</strong>
@ -82,7 +90,7 @@ date: 2022-09-29
- Add HTML anchors for object definitions in the formatted specification. ([#1174](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1174))
## Identity Service API
### Identity Service API
<strong>Spec Clarifications</strong>
@ -92,7 +100,7 @@ date: 2022-09-29
- Update "API Standards" section to clarify how JSON is used. ([#1185](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1185))
## Push Gateway API
### Push Gateway API
<strong>Spec Clarifications</strong>
@ -101,7 +109,7 @@ date: 2022-09-29
- Add HTML anchors for object definitions in the formatted specification. ([#1174](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1174))
## Room Versions
### Room Versions
<strong>Spec Clarifications</strong>
@ -112,13 +120,13 @@ date: 2022-09-29
- For room versions 7 through 10: Clarify that `invite->knock` is actually a legal transition. ([#1175](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1175))
## Appendices
### Appendices
No significant changes.
## Internal Changes/Tooling
### Internal Changes/Tooling
<strong>Backwards Compatible Changes</strong>

View file

@ -1,15 +1,23 @@
---
title: v1.5 Changelog
linkTitle: v1.5
type: docs
layout: changelog
outputs:
- html
- checklist
date: 2022-11-17
date: 2022-11-17T08:22:11-07:00
---
<!--
This is a header file for the generated changelog.
## Client-Server API
Variables:
v1.5 = Replaced by the version number (eg: v1.2)
November 17, 2022 = Replaced by the date (eg: April 01, 2021)
-->
## v1.5
<table class="release-info">
<tr><th>Git commit</th><td><a href="https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/tree/v1.5">https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/tree/v1.5</a></td>
<tr><th>Release date</th><td>November 17, 2022</td>
</table>
<!-- Intentionally blank line to ensure headers work in the concatenated changelog -->
### Client-Server API
<strong>Backwards Compatible Changes</strong>
@ -37,7 +45,7 @@ date: 2022-11-17
- Add example read receipt to `GET /_matrix/client/v3/sync` response example. ([#1341](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1341))
## Server-Server API
### Server-Server API
<strong>Spec Clarifications</strong>
@ -46,7 +54,7 @@ date: 2022-11-17
- Fix a number of broken links in the specification. ([#1330](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1330))
## Application Service API
### Application Service API
<strong>Spec Clarifications</strong>
@ -55,7 +63,7 @@ date: 2022-11-17
- Clarify that application services can only register an interest in local users, as per [MSC3905](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/issues/3905). ([#1305](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1305))
## Identity Service API
### Identity Service API
<strong>Spec Clarifications</strong>
@ -64,13 +72,13 @@ date: 2022-11-17
- Fix a number of broken links in the specification. ([#1330](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1330))
## Push Gateway API
### Push Gateway API
No significant changes.
## Room Versions
### Room Versions
<strong>Spec Clarifications</strong>
@ -81,13 +89,13 @@ No significant changes.
- Fix a number of broken links in the specification. ([#1330](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1330))
## Appendices
### Appendices
No significant changes.
## Internal Changes/Tooling
### Internal Changes/Tooling
<strong>Backwards Compatible Changes</strong>

View file

@ -1,15 +1,23 @@
---
title: v1.6 Changelog
linkTitle: v1.6
type: docs
layout: changelog
outputs:
- html
- checklist
date: 2023-02-14
date: 2023-02-14T08:25:40-07:00
---
<!--
This is a header file for the generated changelog.
## Client-Server API
Variables:
v1.6 = Replaced by the version number (eg: v1.2)
February 14, 2023 = Replaced by the date (eg: April 01, 2021)
-->
## v1.6
<table class="release-info">
<tr><th>Git commit</th><td><a href="https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/tree/v1.6">https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/tree/v1.6</a></td>
<tr><th>Release date</th><td>February 14, 2023</td>
</table>
<!-- Intentionally blank line to ensure headers work in the concatenated changelog -->
### Client-Server API
<strong>Backwards Compatible Changes</strong>
@ -37,7 +45,7 @@ date: 2023-02-14
- Improve distinction between tags and their attributes in the rich text section. Contributed by Nico. ([#1433](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1433))
## Server-Server API
### Server-Server API
<strong>Breaking Changes</strong>
@ -65,7 +73,7 @@ date: 2023-02-14
- Fix `edu_type` in EDU examples. ([#1383](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1383))
## Application Service API
### Application Service API
<strong>Backwards Compatible Changes</strong>
@ -74,7 +82,7 @@ date: 2023-02-14
- Add information on standard error responses for unknown endpoints/methods, as per [MSC3743](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/3743). ([#1347](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1347))
## Identity Service API
### Identity Service API
<strong>Backwards Compatible Changes</strong>
@ -83,7 +91,7 @@ date: 2023-02-14
- Add information on standard error responses for unknown endpoints/methods, as per [MSC3743](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/3743). ([#1347](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1347))
## Push Gateway API
### Push Gateway API
<strong>Backwards Compatible Changes</strong>
@ -92,7 +100,7 @@ date: 2023-02-14
- Add information on standard error responses for unknown endpoints/methods, as per [MSC3743](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/3743). ([#1347](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1347))
## Room Versions
### Room Versions
<strong>Backwards Compatible Changes</strong>
@ -108,13 +116,13 @@ date: 2023-02-14
- Fix various typos throughout the specification. ([#1423](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1423))
## Appendices
### Appendices
No significant changes.
## Internal Changes/Tooling
### Internal Changes/Tooling
<strong>Spec Clarifications</strong>

View file

@ -1,15 +1,23 @@
---
title: v1.7 Changelog
linkTitle: v1.7
type: docs
layout: changelog
outputs:
- html
- checklist
date: 2023-05-25
date: 2023-05-25T09:47:21-06:00
---
<!--
This is a header file for the generated changelog.
## Client-Server API
Variables:
v1.7 = Replaced by the version number (eg: v1.2)
May 25, 2023 = Replaced by the date (eg: April 01, 2021)
-->
## v1.7
<table class="release-info">
<tr><th>Git commit</th><td><a href="https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/tree/v1.7">https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/tree/v1.7</a></td>
<tr><th>Release date</th><td>May 25, 2023</td>
</table>
<!-- Intentionally blank line to ensure headers work in the concatenated changelog -->
### Client-Server API
<strong>New Endpoints</strong>
@ -55,7 +63,7 @@ date: 2023-05-25
- Add missing `knock_restricted` join rule to the `m.room.join_rules` schema. ([#1535](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1535))
## Server-Server API
### Server-Server API
<strong>Spec Clarifications</strong>
@ -67,7 +75,7 @@ date: 2023-05-25
- Remove extraneous `age_ts` field from the reference hash calculation section. ([#1536](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1536))
## Application Service API
### Application Service API
<strong>New Endpoints</strong>
@ -89,7 +97,7 @@ date: 2023-05-25
- Fix various typos throughout the specification. ([#1447](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1447))
## Identity Service API
### Identity Service API
<strong>Spec Clarifications</strong>
@ -98,13 +106,13 @@ date: 2023-05-25
- Corrections to the response format of `/_matrix/identity/v2/store-invite`. ([#1486](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1486))
## Push Gateway API
### Push Gateway API
No significant changes.
## Room Versions
### Room Versions
<strong>Spec Clarifications</strong>
@ -113,7 +121,7 @@ No significant changes.
- Clarifications of event ID formats in early room versions ([#1484](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1484))
## Appendices
### Appendices
<strong>Spec Clarifications</strong>
@ -124,7 +132,7 @@ No significant changes.
- Clarifications of event ID formats in early room versions. ([#1484](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1484))
## Internal Changes/Tooling
### Internal Changes/Tooling
<strong>Spec Clarifications</strong>

View file

@ -1,113 +0,0 @@
---
title: v1.8 Changelog
linkTitle: v1.8
type: docs
layout: changelog
outputs:
- html
- checklist
date: 2023-08-23
---
## Client-Server API
**Backwards Compatible Changes**
- Require callers to be joined to the room to report its events, as per [MSC2249](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/2249). ([#1517](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1517))
**Spec Clarifications**
- Fix missing `type` property in the JSON schema definition of the `m.reaction` event. Contributed by @chebureki. ([#1552](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1552))
- Make sure examples types match schema in definitions. ([#1563](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1563))
- Allow `null` in `room_types` in `POST /publicRooms` endpoints schemas. ([#1564](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1564))
- Fix broken header formatting. Contributed by @midnightveil. ([#1578](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1578))
- Render binary request and response bodies. ([#1579](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1579))
- Fix description of MAC calculation in SAS verification. ([#1590](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1590))
- Update link to SAS emoji definition data. ([#1593](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1593))
- Fix various typos throughout the specification. ([#1597](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1597))
## Server-Server API
**Deprecations**
- Deprecate `matrix` SRV lookup steps during server discovery, as per [MSC4040](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/4040). ([#1624](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1624))
**Backwards Compatible Changes**
- Add `matrix-fed` SRV lookup steps to server discovery, as per [MSC4040](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/4040). ([#1624](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1624))
**Spec Clarifications**
- Document why `/state_ids` can respond with a 404. ([#1521](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1521))
- Fix response definition for `POST /_matrix/federation/v1/user/keys/claim`. ([#1559](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1559))
- Fix examples in server keys definition. ([#1560](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1560))
- Make sure examples types match schema in definitions. ([#1563](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1563))
- Allow `null` in `room_types` in `POST /publicRooms` endpoints schemas. ([#1564](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1564))
- Fix broken header formatting. Contributed by @midnightveil. ([#1578](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1578))
- Remove spurious mention of a "default port" with respect to SRV record lookup. ([#1615](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1615))
- Switch to ordered list for server name resolution steps. ([#1623](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1623))
## Application Service API
**Spec Clarifications**
- Fix type of custom `fields` in thirdparty lookup queries. ([#1584](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1584))
## Identity Service API
**Spec Clarifications**
- Make sure examples types match schema in definitions. ([#1563](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1563))
## Push Gateway API
No significant changes.
## Room Versions
**Backwards Compatible Changes**
- Add room version 11 as per [MSC3820](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/3820). ([#1604](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1604))
- Move `redacts` from top level to `content` on `m.room.redaction` events in room version 11, as per [MSC2174](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/2174). ([#1604](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1604))
- Remove `creator` from `m.room.creator` events in room version 11, as per [MSC2175](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/2175). ([#1604](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1604))
- Remove remaining usage of `origin` from events in room version 11, as per [MSC3989](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/3989). ([#1604](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1604))
- Update the redaction rules in room version 11, as per [MSC2176](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/2176) and [MSC3821](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/3821). ([#1604](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1604))
## Appendices
**Backwards Compatible Changes**
- Allow `+` in Matrix IDs, as per [MSC4009](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/4009). ([#1583](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1583))
**Spec Clarifications**
- Clarify spec re canonical JSON to handle negative-zero; also, give an example of negative-zero and a large power of ten. ([#1573](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1573))
## Internal Changes/Tooling
**Backwards Compatible Changes**
- Upgrade Swagger data to OpenAPI 3.1. ([#1310](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1310))
- Create `@matrix-org/spec` npm package to ship the SAS Emoji data definitions & translations. ([#1620](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1620))
**Spec Clarifications**
- Update the CI to validate the file extension of changelog entries. ([#1542](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1542))
- Disclosure sections now only display their title when collapsed. ([#1549](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1549))
- Fix the sidebar in recent versions of Hugo. ([#1551](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1551))
- Bump jsonschema to validate JSON Schemas against Draft 2020-12. ([#1556](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1556))
- Use Redocly CLI to validate OpenAPI definitions. ([#1558](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1558))
- Use tag name as the OpenAPI definition version. ([#1561](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1561))
- Make sure version in `x-changedInMatrixVersion` is a string. ([#1562](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1562))
- Clarify usage of ABNF for grammar in the documentation style guide. ([#1582](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1582))
- Remove unnecessary `oneOf`s in JSON schemas. ([#1585](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1585))
- Update the version of Hugo used to render the spec to v0.113.0. ([#1591](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1591))
- Fix rendered changelog with new version of towncrier. ([#1598](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1598))
- Improve the layout of tables on desktop displays. Contributed by Martin Fischer. ([#1601](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1601))

View file

@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
---
title: v1.9 Changelog
linkTitle: v1.9
type: docs
layout: changelog
outputs:
- html
- checklist
date: 2023-11-29
---
## Client-Server API
**Backwards Compatible Changes**
- Add the `m.rule.suppress_edits` default push rule, as per [MSC3958](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/3958). ([#1617](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1617))
**Spec Clarifications**
- Fix `m.call.negotiate` schema and example. ([#1546](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1546))
- Clarify that the `via` property is required for `m.space.parent` and `m.space.child` as per [MSC1772](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/1772). Contributed by @PaarthShah. ([#1618](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1618))
- Add a note to the `/publicRooms` API that the server name is case sensitive. ([#1638](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1638))
- Clarify that an `m.room.name` event with an absent `name` field is not expected behavior. ([#1639](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1639))
- Fix schemas used for account data and presence events in `GET /initialSync`. ([#1647](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1647))
- Fix various typos throughout the specification. ([#1658](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1658), [#1661](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1661), [#1665](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1665))
- Fix `.m.rule.suppress_notices` push rule not being valid JSON. ([#1671](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1671))
- Add missing properties for `event_property_is` and `event_property_contains` push conditions to `PushConditions` object. ([#1673](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1673))
- Indicate that fallback keys should have a `fallback` property set to `true`. ([#1676](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1676))
- Clarify that thread roots are not considered within the thread. ([#1677](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1677))
## Server-Server API
**Spec Clarifications**
- Fix schema of `m.receipt` EDU. ([#1636](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1636))
- Fix various typos throughout the specification. ([#1661](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1661))
- Clarify that federation requests for non-local users are invalid. ([#1672](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1672))
## Application Service API
No significant changes.
## Identity Service API
No significant changes.
## Push Gateway API
No significant changes.
## Room Versions
No significant changes.
## Appendices
**Spec Clarifications**
- Clarify timestamp specification with respect to leap seconds. ([#1627](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1627))
- Fix various typos throughout the specification. ([#1652](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1652))
## Internal Changes/Tooling
**Backwards Compatible Changes**
- Add more CI checks for OpenAPI definitions and JSON Schemas. ([#1656](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1656))
- Generate server-server OpenAPI definition. ([#1657](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1657))
**Spec Clarifications**
- Replace all mentions of Swagger by OpenAPI. ([#1633](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1633))
- Fix enum types in JSON schemas. ([#1634](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1634))
- Fix schema of `m.mentions` object. ([#1635](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1635))
- Fix rendering of `m.receipt` event in Client-Server API. ([#1637](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1637))
- Remove required `fieldname` in appservice Protocol definition. ([#1646](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1646))
- Fix github action workflow responsible for releasing of @matrix-org/spec package. ([#1648](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1648))
- Upgrade GitHub actions. ([#1660](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/issues/1660))

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

View file

@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ data with the same `type`.
The client receives the account data as events in the `account_data`
sections of a [`/sync`](#get_matrixclientv3sync) response.
These events can also be received in a [`/events`](#get_matrixclientv3events) response or in the
These events can also be received in a `/events` response or in the
`account_data` section of a room in a `/sync` response. `m.tag` events appearing in
`/events` will have a `room_id` with the room the tags are for.
@ -26,15 +26,6 @@ These events can also be received in a [`/events`](#get_matrixclientv3events) re
#### Server Behaviour
Servers MUST reject setting account data for event types
that the server manages by using a 405 error response.
Currently, this only includes [`m.fully_read`](#mfully_read)
and [`m.push_rules`](#push-rules-events). This applies to
both global and room-specific account data.
{{% boxes/note %}}
{{% changed-in v="1.10" %}} `m.push_rules` was added to the rejection
list.
{{% /boxes/note %}}
Servers must allow clients to read the above event types as normal.
Servers MUST reject clients from setting account data for event types
that the server manages. Currently, this only includes
[m.fully\_read](#mfully_read).

View file

@ -16,69 +16,26 @@ When serving content, the server SHOULD provide a
`Content-Security-Policy` header. The recommended policy is
`sandbox; default-src 'none'; script-src 'none'; plugin-types application/pdf; style-src 'unsafe-inline'; object-src 'self';`.
{{% added-in v="1.4" %}} The server SHOULD additionally provide
{{% boxes/added-in-paragraph %}}
{{< added-in v="1.4" >}} The server SHOULD additionally provide
`Cross-Origin-Resource-Policy: cross-origin` when serving content to allow
(web) clients to access restricted APIs such as `SharedArrayBuffer` when
interacting with the media repository.
{{% changed-in v="1.11" %}} The unauthenticated download endpoints have been
deprecated in favour of newer, authenticated, ones. This change includes updating
the paths of all media endpoints from `/_matrix/media/*` to `/_matrix/client/{version}/media/*`,
with the exception of the `/upload` and `/create` endpoints. The upload/create
endpoints are expected to undergo a similar transition in a later version of the
specification.
{{% /boxes/added-in-paragraph %}}
#### Matrix Content (`mxc://`) URIs
Content locations are represented as Matrix Content (`mxc://`) URIs. They
look like:
```nohighlight
mxc://<server-name>/<media-id>
<server-name> : The name of the homeserver where this content originated, e.g. matrix.org
<media-id> : An opaque ID which identifies the content.
```
#### Client behaviour {id="content-repo-client-behaviour"}
#### Client behaviour
Clients can access the content repository using the following endpoints.
{{% changed-in v="1.11" %}} A number of endpoints under the /_matrix/media hierarchy
have been deprecated and replaced with new endpoints which require authentication.
The deprecated endpoints are marked in the section below.
{{% boxes/warning %}}
By Matrix 1.12, servers SHOULD "freeze" the deprecated, unauthenticated, endpoints
to prevent newly-uploaded media from being downloaded. This SHOULD mean that any
media uploaded *before* the freeze remains accessible via the deprecated endpoints,
and any media uploaded *after* (or *during*) the freeze SHOULD only be accessible
through the new, authenticated, endpoints. For remote media, "newly-uploaded" is
determined by the date the cache was populated. This may mean the media is older
than the freeze, but because the server had to re-download it, it is now considered
"new".
Clients SHOULD update to support the authenticated endpoints before servers freeze
unauthenticated access.
Servers SHOULD consider their local ecosystem impact before enacting a freeze.
This could mean ensuring their users' typical clients support the new endpoints
when available, or updating bridges to start using media proxies.
In addition to the above, servers SHOULD exclude [IdP icons used in the `m.login.sso` flow](/client-server-api/#definition-mloginsso-flow-schema)
from the freeze. See the `m.login.sso` flow schema for details.
An *example* timeline for a server may be:
* Matrix 1.11 release: Clients begin supporting authenticated media.
* Matrix 1.12 release: Servers freeze unauthenticated media access.
* Media uploaded prior to this point still works with the deprecated endpoints.
* Newly uploaded (or cached) media *only* works on the authenticated endpoints.
Matrix 1.12 is expected to be released in the July-September 2024 calendar quarter.
{{% /boxes/warning %}}
{{% http-api spec="client-server" api="authed-content-repo" %}}
Clients can upload and download content using the following HTTP APIs.
{{% http-api spec="client-server" api="content-repo" %}}
@ -134,14 +91,9 @@ entity isn't in the room.
`mxc://` URIs are vulnerable to directory traversal attacks such as
`mxc://127.0.0.1/../../../some_service/etc/passwd`. This would cause the
target homeserver to try to access and return this file. As such,
homeservers MUST sanitise `mxc://` URIs by:
- restricting the `server-name` segment to valid
[server names](/appendices/#server-name)
- allowing only alphanumeric (`A-Za-z0-9`), `_` and `-` characters in
the `media-id` segment
The resulting set of whitelisted characters allows URL-safe
homeservers MUST sanitise `mxc://` URIs by allowing only alphanumeric
(`A-Za-z0-9`), `_` and `-` characters in the `server-name` and
`media-id` values. This set of whitelisted characters allows URL-safe
base64 encodings specified in RFC 4648. Applying this character
whitelist is preferable to blacklisting `.` and `/` as there are
techniques around blacklisted characters (percent-encoded characters,
@ -167,50 +119,3 @@ Homeservers have additional content-specific concerns:
- Clients or remote homeservers may try to upload malicious files
targeting vulnerabilities in either the homeserver thumbnailing or
the client decoders.
##### Serving inline content
Clients with insecure configurations may be vulnerable to Cross-Site Scripting
attacks when served media with a `Content-Disposition` of `inline`. Clients
SHOULD NOT be hosted on the same domain as the media endpoints for the homeserver
to mitigate most of this risk. Servers SHOULD restrict `Content-Type` headers to
one of the following values when serving content with `Content-Disposition: inline`:
* `text/css`
* `text/plain`
* `text/csv`
* `application/json`
* `application/ld+json`
* `image/jpeg`
* `image/gif`
* `image/png`
* `image/apng`
* `image/webp`
* `image/avif`
* `video/mp4`
* `video/webm`
* `video/ogg`
* `video/quicktime`
* `audio/mp4`
* `audio/webm`
* `audio/aac`
* `audio/mpeg`
* `audio/ogg`
* `audio/wave`
* `audio/wav`
* `audio/x-wav`
* `audio/x-pn-wav`
* `audio/flac`
* `audio/x-flac`
These types are unlikely to cause Cross-Site Scripting issues when a `Content-Type`
header is provided, as clients will only try to render the data using that content
type. For example, if a HTML file is uploaded with a `Content-Type` of `image/png`,
clients will just assume that the image is corrupted, and won't render it as a
HTML page. Therefore, there is no risk in trusting the user-defined content type,
as long as the `Content-Disposition` is calculated based on that type.
Clients SHOULD NOT rely on servers returning `inline` rather than `attachment`
on [`/download`](#get_matrixclientv1mediadownloadservernamemediaid). Server implementations might decide out of an abundance of
caution that all downloads are responded to with `attachment`, regardless of
content type - clients should not be surprised by this behaviour.

View file

@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ exchange fingerprints between users to build a web of trust.
device. This may include long-term identity keys, and/or one-time
keys.
```nohighlight
```
+----------+ +--------------+
| Bob's HS | | Bob's Device |
+----------+ +--------------+
@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ keys.
2) Alice requests Bob's public identity keys and supported algorithms.
```nohighlight
```
+----------------+ +------------+ +----------+
| Alice's Device | | Alice's HS | | Bob's HS |
+----------------+ +------------+ +----------+
@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ keys.
3) Alice selects an algorithm and claims any one-time keys needed.
```nohighlight
```
+----------------+ +------------+ +----------+
| Alice's Device | | Alice's HS | | Bob's HS |
+----------------+ +------------+ +----------+
@ -77,7 +77,6 @@ algorithm is represented by an object with the following properties:
|------------|------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| key | string | **Required.** The unpadded Base64-encoded 32-byte Curve25519 public key. |
| signatures | Signatures | **Required.** Signatures of the key object. The signature is calculated using the process described at [Signing JSON](/appendices/#signing-json). |
| fallback | boolean | Indicates whether this is a [fallback key](#one-time-and-fallback-keys). Defaults to `false`. |
Example:
@ -135,7 +134,8 @@ are offline/unable to upload additional keys, though sessions started using
fallback keys could be vulnerable to replay attacks.
{{% /boxes/warning %}}
Devices will be informed, [via `/sync`](#e2e-extensions-to-sync), about the number of
Devices will be informed, [via
`/sync`](#a-namee2e-extensions-to-sync-extensions-to-sync), about the number of
one-time keys remaining that can be claimed, as well as whether the fallback
keys have been used. The device can thus ensure that, while it is online, there
is a sufficient supply of one-time keys available, and that the fallback keys
@ -151,9 +151,7 @@ JSON](/appendices/#signing-json).
One-time and fallback keys are also uploaded to the homeserver using the
[`/keys/upload`](/client-server-api/#post_matrixclientv3keysupload) API. New
one-time and fallback keys are uploaded as needed. Fallback keys for key
algorithms whose format is a signed JSON object should contain a property named
`fallback` with a value of `true`.
one-time and fallback keys are uploaded as needed.
Devices must store the private part of each key they upload. They can
discard the private part of a one-time key when they receive a message
@ -308,7 +306,7 @@ properties.
| key | JWK | **Required.** A [JSON Web Key](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7517#appendix-A.3) object. |
| iv | string | **Required.** The 128-bit unique counter block used by AES-CTR, encoded as unpadded base64. |
| hashes | {string: string} | **Required.** A map from an algorithm name to a hash of the ciphertext, encoded as unpadded base64. Clients should support the SHA-256 hash, which uses the key `sha256`. |
| v | string | **Required.** Version of the encrypted attachment's protocol. Must be `v2`. |
| v | string | **Required.** Version of the encrypted attachments protocol. Must be `v2`. |
`JWK`
@ -491,7 +489,7 @@ this example, Bob's device sends the `m.key.verification.start`, Alice's device
could also send that message. As well, the order of the
`m.key.verification.done` messages could be reversed.
```nohighlight
```
+---------------+ +---------------+ +-------------+ +-------------+
| AliceDevice1 | | AliceDevice2 | | BobDevice1 | | BobDevice2 |
+---------------+ +---------------+ +-------------+ +-------------+
@ -528,7 +526,7 @@ messages, Alice only sends one request event (an event with type
`m.room.message` with `msgtype: m.key.verification.request`, rather than an
event with type `m.key.verification.request`), to the room. In addition, Alice
does not send an `m.key.verification.cancel` event to tell Bob's other devices
that the request has already been accepted; instead, when Bob's other devices
that the request as already been accepted; instead, when Bob's other devices
see his `m.key.verification.ready` event, they will know that the request has
already been accepted, and that they should ignore the request.
@ -660,12 +658,10 @@ The process between Alice and Bob verifying each other would be:
11. Alice's device receives Bob's message and verifies the commitment
hash from earlier matches the hash of the key Bob's device just sent
and the content of Alice's `m.key.verification.start` message.
12. Both Alice's and Bob's devices perform an Elliptic-curve Diffie-Hellman using
their private ephemeral key, and the other device's ephemeral public key
(*ECDH(K<sub>A</sub><sup>private</sup>*,*K<sub>B</sub><sup>public</sup>*)
for Alice's device and
*ECDH(K<sub>B</sub><sup>private</sup>*,*K<sub>A</sub><sup>public</sup>*)
for Bob's device), using the result as the shared secret.
12. Both Alice and Bob's devices perform an Elliptic-curve
Diffie-Hellman
(*ECDH(K<sub>A</sub><sup>private</sup>*,*K<sub>B</sub><sup>public</sup>*)),
using the result as the shared secret.
13. Both Alice and Bob's devices display a SAS to their users, which is
derived from the shared key using one of the methods in this
section. If multiple SAS methods are available, clients should allow
@ -695,7 +691,7 @@ The process between Alice and Bob verifying each other would be:
The wire protocol looks like the following between Alice and Bob's
devices:
```nohighlight
```
+-------------+ +-----------+
| AliceDevice | | BobDevice |
+-------------+ +-----------+
@ -781,7 +777,7 @@ The method used to calculate these MACs depends upon the value of the
message. All current implementations should use the `hkdf-hmac-sha256.v2` method which is
defined as follows:
1. An HMAC key is generated using HKDF, as defined in [RFC
The MAC used is HMAC as defined in [RFC
5869](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5869), using SHA-256 as the hash
function. The shared secret is supplied as the input keying material. No salt
is used, and in the info parameter is the concatenation of:
@ -795,10 +791,6 @@ defined as follows:
- The Key ID of the key being MAC-ed, or the string `KEY_IDS` if the
item being MAC-ed is the list of key IDs.
2. A MAC is then generated using HMAC as defined in [RFC
2104](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2104) with the key generated above and
using SHA-256 as the hash function.
If a key is being MACed, the MAC is performed on the public key as encoded
according to the [key algorithm](#key-algorithms). For example, for `ed25519`
keys, it is the unpadded base64-encoded key.
@ -810,7 +802,7 @@ defined as follows:
reconstruct the list from the names in the `mac` property of the
`m.key.verification.mac` message and ensure that no keys were added or removed.
3. The MAC values are base64-encoded and sent in a
The MAC values are base64-encoded and sent in a
[`m.key.verification.mac`](#mkeyverificationmac) message.
{{% boxes/note %}}
@ -838,15 +830,15 @@ is the concatenation of:
- The Device ID of the device which sent the
`m.key.verification.start` message, followed by `|`.
- The public key from the `m.key.verification.key` message sent by
the device which sent the `m.key.verification.start` message, encoded as
unpadded base64, followed by `|`.
the device which sent the `m.key.verification.start` message,
followed by `|`.
- The Matrix ID of the user who sent the `m.key.verification.accept`
message, followed by `|`.
- The Device ID of the device which sent the
`m.key.verification.accept` message, followed by `|`.
- The public key from the `m.key.verification.key` message sent by
the device which sent the `m.key.verification.accept` message, encoded as
unpadded base64, followed by `|`.
the device which sent the `m.key.verification.accept` message,
followed by `|`.
- The `transaction_id` being used.
When the `key_agreement_protocol` is the deprecated method `curve25519`,
@ -900,7 +892,7 @@ following table to get the corresponding emoji:
{{% boxes/note %}}
This table is available as JSON at
<https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/blob/main/data-definitions/sas-emoji.json>.
<https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-doc/blob/master/data-definitions/sas-emoji.json>
{{% /boxes/note %}}
{{% boxes/rationale %}}
@ -969,7 +961,7 @@ she can trust Bob's device if:
The following diagram illustrates how keys are signed:
```nohighlight
```
+------------------+ .................. +----------------+
| +--------------+ | .................. : | +------------+ |
| | v v v : : v v v | |
@ -1000,7 +992,7 @@ the user who created them.
The following diagram illustrates Alice's view, hiding the keys and
signatures that she cannot see:
```nohighlight
```
+------------------+ +----------------+ +----------------+
| +--------------+ | | | | +------------+ |
| | v v | v v v | |
@ -1124,7 +1116,7 @@ The process between Alice and Bob verifying each other would be:
framework as described above.
3. Alice's client displays a QR code that Bob is able to scan if Bob's client
indicated the ability to scan, an option to scan Bob's QR code if her client
is able to scan. Bob's client displays a QR code that Alice can
is able to scan. Bob's client prompts displays a QR code that Alice can
scan if Alice's client indicated the ability to scan, and an option to scan
Alice's QR code if his client is able to scan. The format for the QR code
is described below. Other options, like starting SAS Emoji verification,
@ -1179,16 +1171,10 @@ The process between Alice and Bob verifying each other would be:
###### QR code format
The QR codes to be displayed and scanned MUST be
compatible with [ISO/IEC 18004:2015](https://www.iso.org/standard/62021.html) and
contain a single segment that uses the byte mode encoding.
The QR codes to be displayed and scanned using this format will encode binary
strings in the general form:
The error correction level can be chosen by the device displaying the QR code.
The binary segment MUST be of the following form:
- the string `MATRIX` encoded as one ASCII byte per character (i.e. `0x4D`,
`0x41`, `0x54`, `0x52`, `0x49`, `0x58`)
- the ASCII string `MATRIX`
- one byte indicating the QR code version (must be `0x02`)
- one byte indicating the QR code verification mode. Should be one of the
following values:
@ -1200,25 +1186,24 @@ The binary segment MUST be of the following form:
request event, encoded as:
- two bytes in network byte order (big-endian) indicating the length in
bytes of the ID as a UTF-8 string
- the ID encoded as a UTF-8 string
- the ID as a UTF-8 string
- the first key, as 32 bytes. The key to use depends on the mode field:
- if `0x00` or `0x01`, then the current user's own master cross-signing public key
- if `0x02`, then the current device's Ed25519 signing key
- if `0x02`, then the current device's device key
- the second key, as 32 bytes. The key to use depends on the mode field:
- if `0x00`, then what the device thinks the other user's master
cross-signing public key is
- if `0x01`, then what the device thinks the other device's Ed25519 signing
public key is
- if `0x02`, then what the device thinks the user's master cross-signing public
key is
- a random shared secret, as a sequence of bytes. It is suggested to use a secret
cross-signing key is
- if `0x01`, then what the device thinks the other device's device key is
- if `0x02`, then what the device thinks the user's master cross-signing key
is
- a random shared secret, as a byte string. It is suggested to use a secret
that is about 8 bytes long. Note: as we do not share the length of the
secret, and it is not a fixed size, clients will just use the remainder of
binary segment as the shared secret.
binary string as the shared secret.
For example, if Alice displays a QR code encoding the following binary data:
For example, if Alice displays a QR code encoding the following binary string:
```nohighlight
```
"MATRIX" |ver|mode| len | event ID
4D 41 54 52 49 58 02 00 00 2D 21 41 42 43 44 ...
| user's cross-signing key | other user's cross-signing key | shared secret
@ -1278,10 +1263,10 @@ tries to read a message that it does not have keys for, it may request
the key from the server and decrypt it. Backups are per-user, and users
may replace backups with new backups.
In contrast with [key requests](#key-requests), server-side key backups do not
require another device to be online from which to request keys. However, as
the session keys are stored on the server encrypted, the client requires a
[decryption key](#decryption-key) to decrypt the session keys.
In contrast with [Key requests](#key-requests), Server-side key backups
do not require another device to be online from which to request keys.
However, as the session keys are stored on the server encrypted, it
requires users to enter a decryption key to decrypt the session keys.
To create a backup, a client will call [POST
/\_matrix/client/v3/room\_keys/version](#post_matrixclientv3room_keysversion) and define how the keys are to
@ -1302,7 +1287,7 @@ Clients must only store keys in backups after they have ensured that the
- checking that it is signed by the user's [master cross-signing
key](#cross-signing) or by a verified device belonging to the same user, or
- deriving the public key from a private key that it obtained from a trusted
- by deriving the public key from a private key that it obtained from a trusted
source. Trusted sources for the private key include the user entering the
key, retrieving the key stored in [secret storage](#secret-storage), or
obtaining the key via [secret sharing](#sharing) from a verified device
@ -1319,24 +1304,31 @@ replace it with the new key based on the key metadata as follows:
- and finally, if `is_verified` and `first_message_index` are equal,
then it will keep the key with a lower `forwarded_count`.
###### Decryption key
###### Recovery key
Normally, the decryption key (i.e. the secret part of the encryption key) is
stored on the server or shared with other devices using the [Secrets](#secrets)
module. When doing so, it is identified using the name `m.megolm_backup.v1`,
and the key is base64-encoded before being encrypted.
If the recovery key (the private half of the backup encryption key) is
presented to the user to save, it is presented as a string constructed
as follows:
If the backup decryption key is given directly to the user, the key should be
presented as a string using the common [cryptographic key
representation](/appendices/#cryptographic-key-representation).
1. The 256-bit curve25519 private key is prepended by the bytes `0x8B`
and `0x01`
2. All the bytes in the string above, including the two header bytes,
are XORed together to form a parity byte. This parity byte is
appended to the byte string.
3. The byte string is encoded using base58, using the same [mapping as
is used for Bitcoin
addresses](https://en.bitcoin.it/wiki/Base58Check_encoding#Base58_symbol_chart),
that is, using the alphabet
`123456789ABCDEFGHJKLMNPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijkmnopqrstuvwxyz`.
4. A space should be added after every 4th character.
{{% boxes/note %}}
The backup decryption key was previously referred to as a "recovery
key". However, this conflicted with common practice in client user
interfaces, which often use the term "recovery key" to refer to the [secret
storage](#storage) key. The term "recovery key" is no longer used in this
specification.
{{% /boxes/note %}}
When reading in a recovery key, clients must disregard whitespace, and
perform the reverse of steps 1 through 3.
The recovery key can also be stored on the server or shared with other devices
using the [Secrets](#secrets) module. When doing so, it is identified using the
name `m.megolm_backup.v1`, and the key is base64-encoded before being
encrypted.
###### Backup algorithm: `m.megolm_backup.v1.curve25519-aes-sha2`
@ -1349,7 +1341,7 @@ the following format:
The `session_data` field in the backups is constructed as follows:
1. Encode the session key to be backed up as a JSON object using the
`BackedUpSessionData` format defined below.
`SessionData` format defined below.
2. Generate an ephemeral curve25519 key, and perform an ECDH with the
ephemeral key and the backup's public key to generate a shared
@ -1366,18 +1358,10 @@ The `session_data` field in the backups is constructed as follows:
PKCS\#7 padding. This encrypted data, encoded using unpadded base64,
becomes the `ciphertext` property of the `session_data`.
5. Pass an empty string through HMAC-SHA-256 using the MAC key generated above.
The first 8 bytes of the resulting MAC are base64-encoded, and become the
`mac` property of the `session_data`.
{{% boxes/warning %}}
Step 5 was intended to pass the raw encrypted data, but due to a bug in libolm,
all implementations have since passed an empty string instead.
Future versions of the spec will fix this problem. See
[MSC4048](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/pull/4048) for a
potential new key backup algorithm version that would fix this issue.
{{% /boxes/warning %}}
5. Pass the raw encrypted data (prior to base64 encoding) through
HMAC-SHA-256 using the MAC key generated above. The first 8 bytes of
the resulting MAC are base64-encoded, and become the `mac` property
of the `session_data`.
{{% definition path="api/client-server/definitions/key_backup_session_data" %}}
@ -1427,7 +1411,7 @@ user-supplied passphrase, and is created as follows:
###### Key export format
The exported sessions are formatted as a JSON array of `ExportedSessionData`
The exported sessions are formatted as a JSON array of `SessionData`
objects described as follows:
{{% definition path="api/client-server/definitions/megolm_export_session_data" %}}
@ -1457,8 +1441,8 @@ readers without adding any useful extra information.
##### `m.olm.v1.curve25519-aes-sha2`
The name `m.olm.v1.curve25519-aes-sha2` corresponds to version 1 of the
Olm ratchet, as defined by the [Olm specification](/olm-megolm/olm).
This uses:
Olm ratchet, as defined by the [Olm
specification](http://matrix.org/docs/spec/olm.html). This uses:
- Curve25519 for the initial key agreement.
- HKDF-SHA-256 for ratchet key derivation.
@ -1512,11 +1496,38 @@ message.
The plaintext payload is of the form:
{{% definition path="api/client-server/definitions/olm_payload" %}}
```json
{
"type": "<type of the plaintext event>",
"content": "<content for the plaintext event>",
"sender": "<sender_user_id>",
"recipient": "<recipient_user_id>",
"recipient_keys": {
"ed25519": "<our_ed25519_key>"
},
"keys": {
"ed25519": "<sender_ed25519_key>"
}
}
```
The type and content of the plaintext message event are given in the
payload.
Other properties are included in order to prevent an attacker from
publishing someone else's curve25519 keys as their own and subsequently
claiming to have sent messages which they didn't. `sender` must
correspond to the user who sent the event, `recipient` to the local
user, and `recipient_keys` to the local ed25519 key.
Clients must confirm that the `sender_key` and the `ed25519` field value
under the `keys` property match the keys returned by [`/keys/query`](/client-server-api/#post_matrixclientv3keysquery) for
the given user, and must also verify the signature of the keys from the
`/keys/query` response. Without this check, a client cannot be sure that
the sender device owns the private part of the ed25519 key it claims to
have in the Olm payload. This is crucial when the ed25519 key corresponds
to a verified device.
If a client has multiple sessions established with another device, it
should use the session from which it last received and successfully
decrypted a message. For these purposes, a session that has not received
@ -1526,68 +1537,6 @@ maximum number of olm sessions that it will maintain for each device,
and expiring sessions on a Least Recently Used basis. The maximum number
of olm sessions maintained per device should be at least 4.
###### Validation of incoming decrypted events
{{% changed-in v="1.15" %}} Existing checks made more explicit, and checks for `sender_device_keys` added.
After decrypting an incoming encrypted event, clients MUST apply the
following checks:
1. The `sender` property in the decrypted content must match the
`sender` of the event.
2. The `keys.ed25519` property in the decrypted content must match
the `sender_key` property in the cleartext `m.room.encrypted`
event body.
3. The `recipient` property in the decrypted content must match
the user ID of the local user.
4. The `recipient_keys.ed25519` property in the decrypted content
must match the client device's [Ed25519 signing key](#device-keys).
5. Where `sender_device_keys` is present in the decrypted content:
1. `sender_device_keys.user_id` must also match the `sender`
of the event.
2. `sender_device_keys.keys.ed25519:<device_id>` must also match
the `sender_key` property in the cleartext `m.room.encrypted`
event body.
3. `sender_device_keys.keys.curve25519:<device_id>` must match
the Curve25519 key used to establish the Olm session.
4. The `sender_device_keys` structure must have a valid signature
from the key with ID `ed25519:<device_id>` (i.e., the sending
device's Ed25519 key).
Any event that does not comply with these checks MUST be discarded.
###### Verification of the sending user for incoming events
{{% added-in v="1.15" %}}
In addition, for each Olm session, clients MUST verify that the
Curve25519 key used to establish the Olm session does indeed belong
to the claimed `sender`. This requires a signed "device keys" structure
for that Curve25519 key, which can be obtained in one of two ways:
1. An Olm message may be received with a `sender_device_keys` property
in the decrypted content.
2. The keys are returned via a [`/keys/query`](#post_matrixclientv3keysquery)
request. Note that both the Curve25519 key **and** the Ed25519 key in
the returned device keys structure must match those used in an
Olm-encrypted event as above. (In particular, the Ed25519 key must
be present in the **encrypted** content of an Olm-encrypted event
to prevent an attacker from claiming another user's Curve25519 key
as their own.)
Ownership of the Curve25519 key is then established in one of two ways:
1. Via [cross-signing](#cross-signing). For this to be sufficient, the
device keys structure must be signed by the sender's self-signing key,
and that self-signing key must itself have been validated (either via
[explicit verification](#device-verification) or a "trust on first use" (TOFU) mechanism).
2. Via explicit verification of the device's Ed25519 signing key, as
contained in the device keys structure. This is no longer recommended.
A failure to complete these verifications does not necessarily mean that
the session is bogus; however it is the case that there is no proof that
the claimed sender is accurate, and the user should be warned accordingly.
###### Recovering from undecryptable messages
Occasionally messages may be undecryptable by clients due to a variety
@ -1631,8 +1580,8 @@ This is due to a deprecation of the fields. See
{{% changed-in v="1.3" %}}
The name `m.megolm.v1.aes-sha2` corresponds to version 1 of the Megolm
ratchet, as defined by the [Megolm specification](/olm-megolm/megolm).
This uses:
ratchet, as defined by the [Megolm
specification](http://matrix.org/docs/spec/megolm.html). This uses:
- HMAC-SHA-256 for the hash ratchet.
- HKDF-SHA-256, AES-256 in CBC mode, and 8 byte truncated HMAC-SHA-256
@ -1750,7 +1699,7 @@ When a client is updating a Megolm session in its store, the client MUST ensure:
{{% http-api spec="client-server" api="keys" %}}
##### Extensions to /sync {#e2e-extensions-to-sync}
##### <a name="e2e-extensions-to-sync"> Extensions to /sync
This module adds an optional `device_lists` property to the [`/sync`](/client-server-api/#get_matrixclientv3sync) response,
as specified below. The server need only populate this property for an
@ -1775,16 +1724,17 @@ property is required for inclusion, though previous versions of the
specification did not have it. In addition to `/versions`, this can be
a way to identify the server's support for fallback keys.
| Parameter | Type | Description |
|----------------------------------|-------------------|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|----------------------------------|--------------------|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| device_lists | DeviceLists | Optional. Information on e2e device updates. Note: only present on an incremental sync. |
| device_one_time_keys_count | {string: integer} | **Required if any unclaimed one-time keys exist.** For each key algorithm, the number of unclaimed one-time keys currently held on the server for this device. If the count for an algorithm is zero, servers MAY omit that algorithm. If the count for all algorithms is zero, servers MAY omit this parameter entirely. |
| device_one_time_keys_count | {string: integer} | Optional. For each key algorithm, the number of unclaimed one-time keys currently held on the server for this device. If an algorithm is unlisted, the count for that algorithm is assumed to be zero. If this entire parameter is missing, the count for all algorithms is assumed to be zero. |
| device_unused_fallback_key_types | [string] | **Required.** The unused fallback key algorithms. |
`DeviceLists`
| Parameter | Type | Description |
|-----------|----------|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|------------|-----------|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| changed | [string] | List of users who have updated their device identity or cross-signing keys, or who now share an encrypted room with the client since the previous sync response. |
| left | [string] | List of users with whom we do not share any encrypted rooms anymore since the previous sync response. |
@ -1812,9 +1762,9 @@ Example response:
],
},
"device_one_time_keys_count": {
"curve25519": 10,
"signed_curve25519": 20
},
"device_unused_fallback_key_types": ["signed_curve25519"]
}
}
```

View file

@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ event with the corresponding emoji (👍). Another potential usage is to allow
bots to send an event indicating the success or failure of a command.
Along with the normal properties `event_id` and `rel_type`, an `m.relates_to`
property with `rel_type: m.annotation` should contain a `key` that indicates the
property with `rel_type: m.annotion` should contain a `key` that indicates the
annotation being applied. For example, when reacting with emojis, the key
contains the emoji being used.

View file

@ -188,14 +188,14 @@ replacement event.
##### Server-side aggregation of `m.replace` relationships
{{% changed-in v="1.7" %}}
{{< changed-in v="1.7" >}}
Note that there can be multiple events with an `m.replace` relationship to a
given event (for example, if an event is edited multiple times). These should
be [aggregated](#aggregations-of-child-events) by the homeserver.
The aggregation format of `m.replace` relationships gives the **most recent**
valid replacement event, formatted [as normal](#room-event-format).
replacement event, formatted [as normal](#room-event-format).
The most recent event is determined by comparing `origin_server_ts`; if two or
more replacement events have identical `origin_server_ts`, the event with the
@ -268,11 +268,6 @@ Client authors are reminded to take note of the requirements for [Validity of
replacement events](#validity-of-replacement-events), and to ignore any
invalid replacement events that are received.
Clients should render the content of the **most recent** valid replacement event. The
most recent event is determined by comparing `origin_server_ts`; if two or more
replacement events have identical `origin_server_ts`, the event with the
lexicographically largest `event_id` is treated as more recent.
##### Permalinks
When creating [links](/appendices/#uris) to events (also known as permalinks),
@ -314,7 +309,7 @@ for re-notifying if the sending client feels a large enough revision was made).
For example, if there is an event mentioning Alice:
```json
```json5
{
"event_id": "$original_event",
"type": "m.room.message",
@ -329,7 +324,7 @@ For example, if there is an event mentioning Alice:
And an edit to also mention Bob:
```json
```json5
{
"content": {
"body": "* Hello Alice & Bob!",
@ -367,19 +362,21 @@ property under `m.new_content`.
#### Edits of replies
A particular constraint applies to events which replace a [reply](#rich-replies):
in contrast to the original reply, there should be no `m.in_reply_to` property
in the `m.relates_to` object, since it would be redundant (see
[Applying `m.new_content`](#applying-mnew_content) above, which notes that the
original event's `m.relates_to` is preserved), as well as being contrary to the
spirit of the event relationships mechanism which expects only one "parent" per
event.
Some particular constraints apply to events which replace a
[reply](#rich-replies). In particular:
{{% boxes/note %}}
{{% changed-in v="1.13" %}}
In previous versions of the specification, events which replace a [reply](#rich-replies)
could include a fallback in the `content`. This is no longer the case.
{{% /boxes/note %}}
* In contrast to the original reply, there should be no `m.in_reply_to`
property in the the `m.relates_to` object, since it would be redundant (see
[Applying `m.new_content`](#applying-mnew_content) above, which notes that
the original event's `m.relates_to` is preserved), as well as being contrary
to the spirit of the event relationships mechanism which expects only one
"parent" per event.
* `m.new_content` should **not** contain any [reply
fallback](#fallbacks-for-rich-replies),
since it is assumed that any client which can handle edits can also display
replies natively. However, the `content` of the replacement event should provide
fallback content for clients which support neither rich replies nor edits.
An example of an edit to a reply is as follows:
@ -388,11 +385,15 @@ An example of an edit to a reply is as follows:
"type": "m.room.message",
// irrelevant fields not shown
"content": {
"body": "* reply",
"body": "> <@alice:example.org> question\n\n* reply",
"msgtype": "m.text",
"format": "org.matrix.custom.html",
"formatted_body": "<mx-reply><blockquote><a href=\"https://matrix.to/#/!somewhere:example.org/$event:example.org\">In reply to</a> <a href=\"https://matrix.to/#/@alice:example.org\">@alice:example.org</a><br />question</blockquote></mx-reply>* reply",
"m.new_content": {
"body": "reply",
"msgtype": "m.text",
"format": "org.matrix.custom.html",
"formatted_body": "reply"
},
"m.relates_to": {
"rel_type": "m.replace",

View file

@ -33,20 +33,17 @@ rather than allowing all homeservers to enforce the rules on each other.
#### Client behaviour
The following API endpoints are allowed to be accessed by guest accounts
for retrieving events and associated media:
for retrieving events:
* [GET /rooms/{roomId}/state](#get_matrixclientv3roomsroomidstate)
* [GET /rooms/{roomId}/context/{eventId}](#get_matrixclientv3roomsroomidcontexteventid)
* [GET /rooms/{roomId}/event/{eventId}](#get_matrixclientv3roomsroomideventeventid)
* [GET /rooms/{roomId}/state/{eventType}/{stateKey}](#get_matrixclientv3roomsroomidstateeventtypestatekey)
* [GET /rooms/{roomId}/messages](#get_matrixclientv3roomsroomidmessages)
* {{% added-in v="1.1" %}} [GET /rooms/{roomId}/members](#get_matrixclientv3roomsroomidmembers)
* {{< added-in v="1.1" >}} [GET /rooms/{roomId}/members](#get_matrixclientv3roomsroomidmembers)
* [GET /rooms/{roomId}/initialSync](#get_matrixclientv3roomsroomidinitialsync)
* [GET /sync](#get_matrixclientv3sync)
* [GET /events](#get_matrixclientv3events) as used for room previews.
* {{% added-in v="1.12" %}} [GET /media/download/{serverName}/{mediaId}](#get_matrixclientv1mediadownloadservernamemediaid)
* {{% added-in v="1.12" %}} [GET /media/download/{serverName}/{mediaId}/{fileName}](#get_matrixclientv1mediadownloadservernamemediaidfilename)
* {{% added-in v="1.12" %}} [GET /media/thumbnail/{serverName}/{mediaId}](#get_matrixclientv1mediathumbnailservernamemediaid)
The following API endpoints are allowed to be accessed by guest accounts
for sending events:
@ -55,20 +52,19 @@ for sending events:
* [POST /rooms/{roomId}/leave](#post_matrixclientv3roomsroomidleave)
* [PUT /rooms/{roomId}/send/{eventType}/{txnId}](#put_matrixclientv3roomsroomidsendeventtypetxnid)
* {{% changed-in v="1.2" %}} Guests can now send *any* event type rather than just `m.room.message` events.
* {{< changed-in v="1.2" >}} Guests can now send *any* event type rather than just `m.room.message` events.
* {{% added-in v="1.2" %}} [PUT /rooms/{roomId}/state/{eventType}/{stateKey}](#put_matrixclientv3roomsroomidstateeventtypestatekey)
* {{< added-in v="1.2" >}} [PUT /rooms/{roomId}/state/{eventType}/{stateKey}](#put_matrixclientv3roomsroomidstateeventtypestatekey)
* [PUT /sendToDevice/{eventType}/{txnId}](#put_matrixclientv3sendtodeviceeventtypetxnid)
The following API endpoints are allowed to be accessed by guest accounts
for their own account maintenance:
* [PUT /profile/{userId}/displayname](#put_matrixclientv3profileuseridkeyname). Guest users may only modify their display name; other profile fields may not be changed.
* {{% added-in v="1.16" %}} [DELETE /profile/{userId}/displayname](#delete_matrixclientv3profileuseridkeyname). Again, guest users may delete their display name but not other profile fields.
* [PUT /profile/{userId}/displayname](#put_matrixclientv3profileuseriddisplayname)
* [GET /devices](#get_matrixclientv3devices)
* [GET /devices/{deviceId}](#get_matrixclientv3devicesdeviceid)
* [PUT /devices/{deviceId}](#put_matrixclientv3devicesdeviceid)
* {{% added-in v="1.2" %}} [GET /account/whoami](#get_matrixclientv3accountwhoami)
* {{< added-in v="1.2" >}} [GET /account/whoami](#get_matrixclientv3accountwhoami)
The following API endpoints are allowed to be accessed by guest accounts
for end-to-end encryption:

View file

@ -16,8 +16,8 @@ The four options for the `m.room.history_visibility` event are:
- `world_readable` - All events while this is the
`m.room.history_visibility` value may be shared by any participating
homeserver with any authenticated user, regardless of whether they have
ever joined the room. This includes [guest users](#guest-access).
homeserver with anyone, regardless of whether they have ever joined
the room.
- `shared` - Previous events are always accessible to newly joined
members. All events in the room are accessible, even those sent when
the member was not a part of the room.
@ -43,8 +43,11 @@ setting at that time was more restrictive.
#### Client behaviour
Clients may want to display a notice that events may be read by
non-joined users if the history visibility is set to `world_readable`.
Clients that implement this module MUST present to the user the possible
options for setting history visibility when creating a room.
Clients may want to display a notice that their events may be read by
non-joined people if the value is set to `world_readable`.
#### Server behaviour

View file

@ -13,10 +13,10 @@ and servers can implement the ignoring of users.
To ignore a user, effectively blocking them, the client should add the
target user to the `m.ignored_user_list` event in their account data
using [`/user/<user_id>/account_data/<type>`](#put_matrixclientv3useruseridaccount_datatype). Once ignored, the client will no longer receive events sent by
using [`/user/<user_id>/account_data/<type>`](/client-server-api/#put_matrixclientv3useruseridaccount_datatype). Once ignored, the client will no longer receive events sent by
that user, with the exception of state events. The client should either
hide previous content sent by the newly ignored user or perform a new
[`/sync`](#get_matrixclientv3sync) with no previous token.
`/sync` with no previous token.
Invites to new rooms by ignored users will not be sent to the client.
The server may optionally reject the invite on behalf of the client.

View file

@ -27,41 +27,18 @@ instead.
Some message types support HTML in the event content that clients should
prefer to display if available. Currently `m.text`, `m.emote`, `m.notice`,
`m.image`, `m.file`, `m.audio`, `m.video` and `m.key.verification.request`
support an additional `format` parameter of `org.matrix.custom.html`. When this
field is present, a `formatted_body` with the HTML must be provided. The plain
text version of the HTML should be provided in the `body`.
{{% boxes/note %}}
{{% changed-in v="1.10" %}}
In previous versions of the specification, the `format` and `formatted` fields
were limited to `m.text`, `m.emote`, `m.notice`, and
`m.key.verification.request`. This list is expanded to include `m.image`,
`m.file`, `m.audio` and `m.video` for [media captions](#media-captions).
{{% /boxes/note %}}
and `m.key.verification.request` support an additional `format` parameter of
`org.matrix.custom.html`. When this field is present, a `formatted_body`
with the HTML must be provided. The plain text version of the HTML
should be provided in the `body`.
Clients should limit the HTML they render to avoid Cross-Site Scripting,
HTML injection, and similar attacks. The strongly suggested set of HTML
tags to permit, denying the use and rendering of anything else, is:
`del`, `h1`, `h2`, `h3`, `h4`, `h5`, `h6`, `blockquote`, `p`, `a`, `ul`,
`ol`, `sup`, `sub`, `li`, `b`, `i`, `u`, `strong`, `em`, `s`, `code`,
`hr`, `br`, `div`, `table`, `thead`, `tbody`, `tr`, `th`, `td`,
`caption`, `pre`, `span`, `img`, `details`, `summary`.
{{% boxes/note %}}
{{% added-in v="1.10" %}}
HTML features MAY be deprecated and replaced by their modern equivalent without
requiring a [Spec Change Proposal](/proposals) when they are deprecated in the
[WHATWG HTML Living Standard](https://html.spec.whatwg.org/multipage/).
{{% /boxes/note %}}
{{% boxes/note %}}
{{% changed-in v="1.10" %}}
In previous versions of the specification, the `font` tag was suggested with the
`data-mx-bg-color`, `data-mx-color` and `color` attributes. This tag is now
deprecated in favor of the `span` tag with the `data-mx-bg-color` and
`data-mx-color` attributes in new messages.
{{% /boxes/note %}}
`font`, `del`, `h1`, `h2`, `h3`, `h4`, `h5`, `h6`, `blockquote`, `p`,
`a`, `ul`, `ol`, `sup`, `sub`, `li`, `b`, `i`, `u`, `strong`, `em`,
`strike`, `code`, `hr`, `br`, `div`, `table`, `thead`, `tbody`, `tr`,
`th`, `td`, `caption`, `pre`, `span`, `img`, `details`, `summary`.
Not all attributes on those tags should be permitted as they may be
avenues for other disruption attempts, such as adding `onclick` handlers
@ -73,12 +50,12 @@ the tag.
| Tag | Permitted Attributes |
|--------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| `span` | `data-mx-bg-color`, `data-mx-color`, `data-mx-spoiler` (see [spoiler messages](#spoiler-messages)), `data-mx-maths` (see [mathematical messages](#mathematical-messages)) |
| `a` | `target`, `href` (provided the value is not relative and has a scheme matching one of: `https`, `http`, `ftp`, `mailto`, `magnet`) |
| `font` | `data-mx-bg-color`, `data-mx-color`, `color` |
| `span` | `data-mx-bg-color`, `data-mx-color`, `data-mx-spoiler` (see [spoiler messages](#spoiler-messages)) |
| `a` | `name`, `target`, `href` (provided the value is not relative and has a scheme matching one of: `https`, `http`, `ftp`, `mailto`, `magnet`) |
| `img` | `width`, `height`, `alt`, `title`, `src` (provided it is a [Matrix Content (`mxc://`) URI](#matrix-content-mxc-uris)) |
| `ol` | `start` |
| `code` | `class` (only classes which start with `language-` for syntax highlighting) |
| `div` | `data-mx-maths` (see [mathematical messages](#mathematical-messages)) |
Additionally, web clients should ensure that *all* `a` tags get a
`rel="noopener"` to prevent the target page from referencing the
@ -98,12 +75,14 @@ having appropriate closing tags, appropriate attributes (considering the
custom ones defined in this specification), and generally valid
structure.
{{% boxes/note %}}
{{% changed-in v="1.13" %}}
In previous versions of the specification, [rich replies](#rich-replies) could
use a special tag, `mx-reply`. This is no longer the case. Clients SHOULD strip
this tag and its content. See the "Rich replies" section for more information.
{{% /boxes/note %}}
A special tag, `mx-reply`, may appear on rich replies (described below)
and should be allowed if, and only if, the tag appears as the very first
tag in the `formatted_body`. The tag cannot be nested and cannot be
located after another tag in the tree. Because the tag contains HTML, an
`mx-reply` is expected to have a partner closing tag and should be
treated similar to a `div`. Clients that support rich replies will end
up stripping the tag and its contents and therefore may wish to exclude
the tag entirely.
{{% boxes/note %}}
A future iteration of the specification will support more powerful and
@ -341,107 +320,6 @@ to the media repository, then reference the `mxc://` URI in a markdown-style lin
Clients SHOULD render spoilers differently with some sort of disclosure. For example, the
client could blur the actual text and ask the user to click on it for it to be revealed.
##### Media captions
{{% added-in v="1.10" %}}
Media messages, comprised of `m.image`, `m.file`, `m.audio` and `m.video`, can
include a caption to convey additional information about the media.
To send captions, clients MUST use the `filename` and the `body`, and optionally
the `formatted_body` with the `org.matrix.custom.html` format, described above.
If the `filename` is present, and its value is different than `body`, then
`body` is considered to be a caption, otherwise `body` is a filename. `format`
and `formatted_body` are only used for captions.
{{% boxes/note %}}
In previous versions of the specification, `body` was usually used to set the
filename of the uploaded file, and `filename` was only present on `m.file` with
the same purpose.
{{% /boxes/note %}}
An example of a media message with a caption is:
```json
{
"msgtype": "m.image",
"url": "mxc://example.org/abc123",
"filename": "dog.jpg",
"body": "this is a ~~cat~~ picture :3",
"format": "org.matrix.custom.html",
"formatted_body": "this is a <s>cat</s> picture :3",
"info": {
"w": 479,
"h": 640,
"mimetype": "image/jpeg",
"size": 27253
},
"m.mentions": {}
}
```
Clients MUST render the caption alongside the media and SHOULD prefer its
formatted representation.
##### Mathematical messages
{{% added-in v="1.11" %}}
Users might want to send mathematical notations in their messages.
To send mathematical notations clients MUST use the `formatted_body` and
therefore the `org.matrix.custom.html` format, described above. This makes
mathematical notations valid on any `msgtype` which can support this format
appropriately.
Mathematical notations themselves use the `span` or `div` tags, depending
whether the notation should be presented inline or not. The mathematical
notation is written in [LaTeX](https://www.latex-project.org/) format using the
`data-mx-maths` attribute.
The contents of the tag should be a fallback representation for clients that
cannot render the LaTeX format. The fallback representation could be, for
example, an image, or an HTML approximation, or the raw LaTeX source. When using
an image as a fallback, the sending client should be aware of issues that may
arise from the receiving client using a different background colour. The `body`
should include a textual representation of the notation.
An example of a mathematical notation is:
```json
{
"msgtype": "m.text",
"format": "org.matrix.custom.html",
"body": "This is an equation: sin(x)=a/b.",
"formatted_body": "This is an equation:
<span data-mx-maths=\"\\sin(x)=\\frac{a}{b}\">
sin(<i>x</i>)=<sup><i>a</i></sup>/<sub><i>b</i></sub>
</span>"
}
```
The LaTeX format is poorly defined and has several extensions, so if a client
encounters syntax that it cannot render, it SHOULD present the fallback
representation instead. Clients SHOULD, however, aim to support, at minimum, the
basic [LaTeX2e](https://www.latex-project.org/) maths commands and the
[TeX](https://tug.org/) maths commands, with the possible exception of commands
that could be security risks.
{{% boxes/warning %}}
In general, LaTeX places a heavy burden on client authors to ensure that it is
processed safely. Certain commands, such as [those that can create macros](https://katex.org/docs/supported#macros),
are potentially dangerous. Clients should either decline to process those
commands, or should take care to ensure that they are handled in safe ways (such
as by limiting recursion). In general, LaTeX commands should be filtered by
allowing known-good commands rather than forbidding known-bad commands.
Therefore, clients should not render mathematics by calling a LaTeX compiler
without proper sandboxing, as those executables were not written to handle
untrusted input. Some LaTeX rendering libraries are better suited for that by
allowing only a subset of LaTeX and enforcing recursion limits.
{{% /boxes/warning %}}
#### Server behaviour
Homeservers SHOULD reject `m.room.message` events which don't have a

View file

@ -3,9 +3,6 @@
{{% changed-in v="1.7" %}}
{{% changed-in v="1.17" %}}: the legacy push rules that looked for mentions in
the `body` of the event were removed.
This module allows users to "mention" other users and rooms within a room event.
This is primarily used as an indicator that the recipient should receive a notification
about the event.
@ -16,20 +13,6 @@ the event to reference the entity being mentioned.
{{% definition path="api/client-server/definitions/m.mentions" %}}
An event's content will then look like this:
```json
{
"body": "Hello Alice!",
"msgtype": "m.text",
"format": "org.matrix.custom.html",
"formatted_body": "Hello <a href='https://matrix.to/#/@alice:example.org'>Alice</a>!",
"m.mentions": {
"user_ids": ["@alice:example.org"]
}
}
```
Additionally, see the [`.m.rule.is_user_mention`](#_m_rule_is_user_mention) and
[`.m.rule.is_room_mention`](#_m_rule_is_room_mention) push rules.
Users should not add their own Matrix ID to the `m.mentions` property as outgoing
@ -41,18 +24,19 @@ encrypted as normal. To properly process mentions in encrypted rooms, events
must be decrypted first. See [receiving notifications](#receiving-notifications).
{{% /boxes/warning %}}
{{% boxes/note %}}
Note that, for backwards compatibility, push rules such as [`.m.rule.contains_display_name`](#_m_rule_contains_display_name),
[`.m.rule.contains_user_name`](#_m_rule_contains_user_name), and
[`.m.rule.roomnotif`](#_m_rule_roomnotif) continue to match if the `body` of
the event contains the user's display name or ID. To avoid unintentional notifications,
**it is recommended that clients include a `m.mentions` property on each event**.
(If there are no mentions to include it can be an empty object.)
{{% boxes/rationale %}}
In previous versions of the specification, mentioning users was done by
including the user's display name or the localpart of their Matrix ID and room
mentions were done by including the string "@room" in the plaintext `body` of
the event. When the `m.mentions` field was introduced, those push rules were
disabled if the `m.mentions` field was present.
To avoid unintentional notifications with clients and servers that still use
those push rules, **it is recommended that clients still include a `m.mentions`
property on each event**. (If there are no mentions to include it can be an
empty object.)
{{% /boxes/note %}}
the event. This was prone to confusing and buggy behaviour.
{{% /boxes/rationale %}}
#### Client behaviour

View file

@ -13,14 +13,13 @@ deciding what content is undesirable for any particular entity and
should instead be empowering those entities to make their own decisions.
As such, a generic framework for communicating "moderation policy lists"
or "moderation policy rooms" is described. Note that this module only
describes the data structures and not how they should be interpreted:
describes the data structures and not how they should be interpreting:
the entity making the decisions on filtering is best positioned to
interpret the rules how it sees fit.
Moderation policy lists are stored as room state events. There are no
restrictions on how the rooms can be configured in terms of
[join rules](#mroomjoin_rules), [history visibility](#room-history-visibility),
encryption, etc.
restrictions on how the rooms can be configured (they could be public,
private, encrypted, etc).
There are currently 3 kinds of entities which can be affected by rules:
`user`, `server`, and `room`. All 3 are described with

View file

@ -68,7 +68,5 @@ will cause the server to automatically set their presence to `online`.
#### Security considerations
Presence information is published to all users who share a room with the
target user. If the target user is a member of a room with a `public`
[join rule](#mroomjoin_rules), any other user in the federation is
able to gain access to the target user's presence. This could be undesirable.
Presence information is shared with all users who share a room with the
target user. In large public rooms this could be undesirable.

View file

@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
### Push Notifications
```nohighlight
```
+--------------------+ +-------------------+
Matrix HTTP | | | |
Notification Protocol | App Developer | | Device Vendor |
@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ Push Ruleset
: A push ruleset *scopes a set of rules according to some criteria*. For
example, some rules may only be applied for messages from a particular
sender, a particular room, or by default. The push ruleset contains the
entire set of rules.
entire set of scopes and rules.
#### Push Rules
@ -91,8 +91,10 @@ A push rule is a single rule that states under what *conditions* an
event should be passed onto a push gateway and *how* the notification
should be presented. There are different "kinds" of push rules and each
rule has an associated priority. Every push rule MUST have a `kind` and
`rule_id`. The `rule_id` is a unique string within the kind of rule.
Rules may have extra keys depending on the value of `kind`.
`rule_id`. The `rule_id` is a unique string within the kind of rule and
its' scope: `rule_ids` do not need to be unique between rules of the
same kind on different devices. Rules may have extra keys depending on
the value of `kind`.
The different `kind`s of rule, in the order that they are checked, are:
@ -182,13 +184,11 @@ they are represented as a dictionary with a key equal to their name and
other keys as their parameters, e.g.
`{ "set_tweak": "sound", "value": "default" }`.
###### Historical Actions
{{% boxes/note %}}
Older versions of the Matrix specification included the `dont_notify` and
`coalesce` actions. Clients and homeservers MUST ignore these actions, for
instance, by stripping them from actions arrays they encounter. This means,
for example, that a rule with `["dont_notify"]` actions MUST be equivalent
to a rule with an empty actions array.
`coalesce` actions. These should both be considered no-ops (ignored, not
rejected) if received from a client.
{{% /boxes/note %}}
##### Conditions
@ -380,9 +380,6 @@ The following `alt_aliases` values will NOT match:
**`contains_display_name`**
{{% changed-in v="1.17" %}}: this condition is deprecated and **should not be
used in new push rules**.
This matches messages where `content.body` contains the owner's display name in
that room. This is a separate condition because display names may change and as such
it would be hard to maintain a rule that matched the user's display name. This
@ -414,9 +411,6 @@ Parameters:
#### Predefined Rules
{{% changed-in v="1.17" %}}: the legacy default push rules that looked for
mentions in the `body` of the event were removed.
Homeservers can specify "server-default rules". They operate at a lower
priority than "user-defined rules", except for the `.m.rule.master` rule
which has always a higher priority than any other rule. The `rule_id`
@ -460,7 +454,7 @@ Definition:
{
"kind": "event_match",
"key": "content.msgtype",
"pattern": "m.notice"
"pattern": "m.notice",
}
],
"actions": []
@ -527,9 +521,9 @@ Definition:
}
```
<a id="_m_rule_is_user_mention"></a> **`.m.rule.is_user_mention`**
<a id="_m_rule_is_user_mention"/> **`.m.rule.is_user_mention`**
{{% added-in v="1.7" %}}
{{< added-in v="1.7" >}}
Matches any message which contains the user's Matrix ID in the list of `user_ids`
under the `m.mentions` property.
@ -561,9 +555,44 @@ Definition:
}
```
<a id="_m_rule_is_room_mention"></a> **`.m.rule.is_room_mention`**
<a id="_m_rule_contains_display_name"/> **`.m.rule.contains_display_name`**
{{% added-in v="1.7" %}}
{{% changed-in v="1.7" %}}
As of `v1.7`, this rule is deprecated and **should only be enabled if the event
does not have an [`m.mentions` property](#definition-mmentions)**.
Matches any message whose content contains the user's current display name
in the room in which it was sent.
Definition:
```json
{
"rule_id": ".m.rule.contains_display_name",
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"conditions": [
{
"kind": "contains_display_name"
}
],
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "sound",
"value": "default"
},
{
"set_tweak": "highlight"
}
]
}
```
<a id="_m_rule_is_room_mention"/> **`.m.rule.is_room_mention`**
{{< added-in v="1.7" >}}
Matches any message from a sender with the proper power level with the `room`
property of the `m.mentions` property set to `true`.
@ -595,7 +624,45 @@ Definition:
}
```
**<a id="mruletombstone"></a>`.m.rule.tombstone`**
<a id="_m_rule_roomnotif"/> **`.m.rule.roomnotif`**
{{% changed-in v="1.7" %}}
As of `v1.7`, this rule is deprecated and **should only be enabled if the event
does not have an [`m.mentions` property](#definition-mmentions)**.
Matches any message from a sender with the proper power level whose content
contains the text `@room`, signifying the whole room should be notified of
the event.
Definition:
```json
{
"rule_id": ".m.rule.roomnotif",
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"conditions": [
{
"kind": "event_match",
"key": "content.body",
"pattern": "@room"
},
{
"kind": "sender_notification_permission",
"key": "room"
}
],
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "highlight"
}
]
}
```
**<a name="mruletombstone"></a>`.m.rule.tombstone`**
Matches any state event whose type is `m.room.tombstone`. This is
intended to notify users of a room when it is upgraded, similar to what
@ -629,7 +696,7 @@ Definition:
}
```
**<a id="mrulereaction"></a>`.m.rule.reaction`**
**<a name="mrulereaction"></a>`.m.rule.reaction`**
{{% added-in v="1.7" %}}
@ -683,27 +750,36 @@ Definition:
}
```
**`.m.rule.suppress_edits`**
##### Default Content Rules
{{% added-in v="1.9" %}}
<a id="_m_rule_contains_user_name"/> **`.m.rule.contains_user_name`**
Suppresses notifications related to [event replacements](#event-replacements).
{{% changed-in v="1.7" %}}
Definition:
As of `v1.7`, this rule is deprecated and **should only be enabled if the event
does not have an [`m.mentions` property](#definition-mmentions)**.
Matches any message whose content contains the local part of the user's
Matrix ID, separated by word boundaries.
Definition (as a `content` rule):
```json
{
"rule_id": ".m.rule.suppress_edits",
"rule_id": ".m.rule.contains_user_name",
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"conditions": [
"pattern": "[the local part of the user's Matrix ID]",
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"kind": "event_property_is",
"key": "content.m\\.relates_to.rel_type",
"value": "m.replace"
"set_tweak": "sound",
"value": "default"
},
{
"set_tweak": "highlight"
}
],
"actions": []
]
}
```
@ -942,7 +1018,7 @@ messages they have received.
##### Receiving notifications
Servers MUST include the number of unread notifications in a client's
[`/sync`](#get_matrixclientv3sync) stream, and MUST update it as it changes. Notifications are
`/sync` stream, and MUST update it as it changes. Notifications are
determined by the push rules which apply to an event.
For encrypted events, the homeserver has limited access to the event content
@ -970,16 +1046,16 @@ ahead), however if the `m.read.private` receipt were to be updated to
event D then the user has read up to D (the `m.read` receipt is now
behind the `m.read.private` receipt).
{{% added-in v="1.4" %}} When handling threaded read receipts, the server is to
partition the notification count to each thread (with the main timeline being
its own thread). To determine if an event is part of a thread the server follows
the [event relationship](#forming-relationships-between-events) until it finds a
thread root via an `m.thread` relation (as specified by the [threading
module](#threading)), however it is not recommended that the server traverse
infinitely. Instead, implementations are encouraged to do a maximum of 3 hops to
find a thread before deciding that the event does not belong to a thread. This
is primarily to ensure that future events, like `m.reaction`, are correctly
considered "part of" a given thread.
{{< added-in v="1.4" >}} When handling threaded read receipts, the server
is to partition the notification count to each thread (with the main timeline
being its own thread). To determine if an event is part of a thread the
server follows the [event relationship](#forming-relationships-between-events)
until it finds a thread root (as specified by the [threading module](#threading)),
however it is not recommended that the server traverse infinitely. Instead,
implementations are encouraged to do a maximum of 3 hops to find a thread
before deciding that the event does not belong to a thread. This is primarily
to ensure that future events, like `m.reaction`, are correctly considered
"part of" a given thread.
#### Server behaviour
@ -989,7 +1065,7 @@ users in the room (excluding the sender). This may result in:
* Generating a new number of unread notifications for the user.
* Making a request to the configured push gateway.
The updated notification count from a new event MUST appear in the same [`/sync`](#get_matrixclientv3sync)
The updated notification count from a new event MUST appear in the same `/sync`
response as the event itself.
#### Push Gateway behaviour

View file

@ -1,6 +1,5 @@
### Read and unread markers
#### Fully read markers
### Fully read markers
The history for a given room may be split into three sections: messages
the user has read (or indicated they aren't interested in them),
@ -9,7 +8,7 @@ user hasn't seen yet. The "fully read marker" (also known as a "read
marker") marks the last event of the first section, whereas the user's
read receipt marks the last event of the second section.
##### Events
#### Events
The user's fully read marker is kept as an event in the room's [account
data](#client-config). The event may be read to determine the user's
@ -23,13 +22,13 @@ should be considered to be the user's read receipt location.
{{% event event="m.fully_read" %}}
##### Client behaviour
#### Client behaviour
The client cannot update fully read markers by directly modifying the
`m.fully_read` account data event. Instead, the client must make use of
the read markers API to change the values.
{{% changed-in v="1.4" %}} `m.read.private` receipts can now be sent from
{{< changed-in v="1.4" >}} `m.read.private` receipts can now be sent from
`/read_markers`.
The read markers API can additionally update the user's read receipt
@ -42,7 +41,7 @@ might wish to save an extra HTTP call. Providing `m.read` and/or
{{% http-api spec="client-server" api="read_markers" %}}
##### Server behaviour
#### Server behaviour
The server MUST prevent clients from setting `m.fully_read` directly in
room account data. The server must additionally ensure that it treats
@ -54,46 +53,3 @@ Upon updating the `m.fully_read` event due to a request to
`/read_markers`, the server MUST send the updated account data event
through to the client via the event stream (eg: `/sync`), provided any
applicable filters are also satisfied.
#### Unread markers
{{% added-in v="1.12" %}}
Clients may use "unread markers" to allow users to label rooms for later
attention irrespective of [read receipts](#receipts) or
[fully read markers](#fully-read-markers).
##### Events
The user's unread marker in a room is kept under an `m.marked_unread`
event in the room's [account data](#client-config). The event may be read
to determine the user's current unread marker state in the room. Just
like other account data events, the event will be pushed down the event
stream when updated.
{{% event event="m.marked_unread" %}}
##### Client behaviour
Clients MUST update unread markers by directly modifying the `m.marked_unread`
room account data event. When marking a room as unread, clients SHOULD NOT change
the `m.fully_read` marker, so that the user's read position in the room is
retained.
When the `unread` field is `true`, clients SHOULD visually annotate the room
to indicate that it is unread. Exactly how this is achieved is left as an
implementation detail. It is RECOMMENDED that clients use a treatment similar
to how they represent rooms with unread notifications.
Clients SHOULD reset the unread marker by setting `unread` to `false` when
opening a room to display its timeline.
Clients that offer functionality to mark a room as _read_ by sending a read
receipt for the last event, SHOULD reset the unread marker simultaneously.
If the `m.marked_unread` event does not exist on the user's account data,
clients MUST behave as if `unread` was `false`.
##### Server behaviour
Servers have no additional requirements placed on them by this submodule.

View file

@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
### Receipts
{{% changed-in v="1.4" %}} Added private read receipts.
{{< changed-in v="1.4" >}} Added private read receipts.
This module adds in support for receipts. These receipts are a form of
acknowledgement of an event. This module defines the `m.read` receipt
@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ that the user had read all events *up to* the referenced event. See the
[Receiving notifications](#receiving-notifications) section for more
information on how read receipts affect notification counts.
{{% added-in v="1.4" %}} Read receipts exist in three major forms:
{{< added-in v="1.4" >}} Read receipts exist in three major forms:
* Unthreaded: Denotes a read-up-to receipt regardless of threads. This is how
pre-threading read receipts worked.
* Threaded, main timeline: Denotes a read-up-to receipt for events not in a
@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Threaded read receipts are discussed in further detail [below](#threaded-read-re
#### Events
{{% changed-in v="1.4" %}} Each `user_id`, `receipt_type`, and categorisation
{{< changed-in v="1.4" >}} Each `user_id`, `receipt_type`, and categorisation
(unthreaded, or `thread_id`) tuple must be associated with only a single
`event_id`.
@ -39,9 +39,9 @@ Threaded read receipts are discussed in further detail [below](#threaded-read-re
#### Client behaviour
{{% changed-in v="1.4" %}} Altered to support threaded read receipts.
{{< changed-in v="1.4" >}} Altered to support threaded read receipts.
In [`/sync`](#get_matrixclientv3sync), receipts are listed under the `ephemeral` array of events
In `/sync`, receipts are listed under the `ephemeral` array of events
for a given room. New receipts that come down the event streams are
deltas which update existing mappings. Clients should replace older
receipt acknowledgements based on `user_id`, `receipt_type`, and the
@ -137,30 +137,26 @@ either a thread root's event ID or `main` for the main timeline.
Threading introduces a concept of multiple conversations being held in the same
room and thus deserve their own read receipts and notification counts. An event is
considered to be "in a thread" if:
considered to be "in a thread" if it meets any of the following criteria:
* It has a `rel_type` of `m.thread`.
* It has child events with a `rel_type` of `m.thread` (in which case it'd be the
thread root).
* Following the event relationships, it has a parent event which qualifies for
one of the above. Implementations should not recurse infinitely, though: a
maximum of 3 hops is recommended to cover indirect relationships.
* It has a `rel_type` of `m.thread`, or
* Following the event relationships, it has a parent event which references
the thread root with a `rel_type` of `m.thread`. Implementations should
not recurse infinitely, though: a maximum of 3 hops is recommended to
cover indirect relationships.
Events not in a thread but still in the room are considered to be in the "main
timeline". When referring to the main timeline as a thread (e.g. in receipts
and notifications counts) a special thread ID of `main` is used.
Thread roots are considered to be in the main timeline, as are events that are
related to a thread root via non-thread relations.
Events not in a thread but still in the room are considered to be part of the
"main timeline", or a special thread with an ID of `main`.
The following is an example DAG for a room, with dotted lines showing event
relationships and solid lines showing topological ordering.
{{% diagram name="threaded-dag" alt="Diagram presenting a DAG with thread relationships as a single timeline" %}}
![threaded-dag](/diagrams/threaded-dag.png)
This DAG can be represented as 3 threaded timelines, with `A` and `B` being thread
roots:
{{% diagram name="threaded-dag-threads" alt="Diagram presenting a DAG with thread relationships as 3 related timelines" %}}
![threaded-dag-threads](/diagrams/threaded-dag-threads.png)
With this, we can demonstrate that:
* A threaded read receipt on `I` would mark `A`, `B`, and `I` as read.
@ -208,13 +204,13 @@ event when the user expands that thread.
#### Server behaviour
For efficiency, receipts SHOULD be batched into one event per room and thread
For efficiency, receipts SHOULD be batched into one event per room
before delivering them to clients.
Some receipts are sent across federation as EDUs with type `m.receipt`. The
format of the EDUs are:
```nohighlight
```
{
<room_id>: {
<receipt_type>: {

View file

@ -5,6 +5,9 @@ Users may encounter content which they find inappropriate and should be
able to report it to the server administrators or room moderators for
review. This module defines a way for users to report content.
Content is reported based upon a negative score, where -100 is "most
offensive" and 0 is "inoffensive".
#### Client behaviour
{{% http-api spec="client-server" api="report_content" %}}
@ -15,23 +18,3 @@ Servers are free to handle the reported content however they desire.
This may be a dedicated room to alert server administrators to the
reported content or some other mechanism for notifying the appropriate
people.
Particularly during waves of harmful content, users may report whole
rooms instead of individual events. Server administrators and safety teams
should, therefore, be cautious not to shut down rooms that might otherwise
be legitimate.
{{% changed-in v="1.8" %}} When processing event reports, servers MUST
verify that the reporting user is currently joined to the room the event
is in before accepting a report.
{{% added-in v="1.13" %}} Contrarily, servers MUST NOT restrict room reports
based on whether or not the reporting user is joined to the room. This is
because users can be exposed to harmful content without being joined to a
room. For instance, through room directories or invites.
{{% added-in v="1.14" %}} Similarly, servers MUST NOT restrict user reports
based on whether or not the reporting user is joined to any rooms that the
reported user is joined to. This is because users can be exposed to harmful
content without being joined to a room. For instance, through user
directories or invites.

View file

@ -1,13 +1,14 @@
### Rich replies
{{% changed-in v="1.3" %}}
Rich replies are a
special kind of [relationship](#forming-relationships-between-events) which
effectively quotes the referenced event for the client to render/process how
it wishes. They are normally used with [`m.room.message`](#mroommessage) events.
{{% boxes/note %}}
{{% changed-in v="1.3" %}}
Until v1.3 of the spec, rich replies were limited to `m.room.message` events
which could represent an HTML-formatted body. As of v1.3 this is now expanded
to *all* event types by dropping the requirement that an HTML-formatted body
@ -17,24 +18,9 @@ Additionally, a rich reply can reference any other event type as of v1.3.
Previously, a rich reply could only reference another `m.room.message` event.
{{% /boxes/note %}}
{{% boxes/note %}}
{{% changed-in v="1.13" %}}
In previous versions of the specification, rich replies could include a fallback
representation of the original message in the `body` (using a prefix sequence)
and `formatted_body` (using a custom HTML element) for clients that do not
support rich replies. This is no longer the case, but clients SHOULD still
remove this fallback before rendering the event.
To strip the fallback on the `body`, the client should iterate over each
line of the string, removing any lines that start with the fallback
prefix sequence (`> `, including the trailing space) and stopping when
a line is encountered without the prefix.
To strip the fallback on the `formatted_body` of an `m.room.message` event with
a `format` of `org.matrix.custom.html`: if the`formatted_body` begins with an
`<mx-reply>` start tag, the client should remove the entirety of the
`<mx-reply>` element.
{{% /boxes/note %}}
When possible, events SHOULD include a [fallback representation](#fallbacks-for-rich-replies)
to allow clients which do not render rich replies to still see something which
appears to be a quoted reply.
Though rich replies form a relationship to another event, they do not
use `rel_type` to create this relationship. Instead, a subkey named `m.in_reply_to`
@ -45,7 +31,7 @@ the `rel_type` and `event_id` properties of `m.relates_to` become *optional*.
An example reply would be:
```json
```json5
{
"content": {
"m.relates_to": {
@ -62,20 +48,145 @@ An example reply would be:
Note that the `event_id` of the `m.in_reply_to` object has the same requirements
as if it were to be under `m.relates_to` directly instead.
#### Fallbacks for rich replies
Some clients may not have support for rich replies and therefore need a
fallback to use instead. Clients that do not support rich replies should
render the event as if rich replies were not special.
Clients that do support rich replies SHOULD provide the fallback format on
replies, and MUST strip the fallback before rendering the reply. The
specific fallback text is different for each `msgtype`, however the
general format for the `body` is:
```text
> <@alice:example.org> This is the original body
This is where the reply goes
```
The `formatted_body`, if present and using an associated `format` of
`org.matrix.custom.html`, should use the following template:
```html
<mx-reply>
<blockquote>
<a href="https://matrix.to/#/!somewhere:example.org/$event:example.org">In reply to</a>
<a href="https://matrix.to/#/@alice:example.org">@alice:example.org</a>
<br />
<!-- This is where the related event's HTML would be. -->
</blockquote>
</mx-reply>
This is where the reply goes.
```
If the related event does not have a `formatted_body`, the event's
`body` should be considered after encoding any HTML special characters.
Note that the `href` in both of the anchors use a [matrix.to
URI](/appendices#matrixto-navigation).
##### Stripping the fallback
Clients which support rich replies MUST strip the fallback from the
event before rendering the event. This is because the text provided in
the fallback cannot be trusted to be an accurate representation of the
event. After removing the fallback, clients are recommended to represent
the event referenced by `m.in_reply_to` similar to the fallback's
representation, although clients do have creative freedom for their user
interface. Clients should prefer the `formatted_body` over the `body`,
just like with other `m.room.message` events.
To strip the fallback on the `body`, the client should iterate over each
line of the string, removing any lines that start with the fallback
prefix ("&gt; ", including the space, without quotes) and stopping when
a line is encountered without the prefix. This prefix is known as the
"fallback prefix sequence".
To strip the fallback on the `formatted_body`, the client should remove
the entirety of the `mx-reply` tag.
##### Fallback for `m.text`, `m.notice`, and unrecognised message types
Using the prefix sequence, the first line of the related event's `body`
should be prefixed with the user's ID, followed by each line being
prefixed with the fallback prefix sequence. For example:
```text
> <@alice:example.org> This is the first line
> This is the second line
This is the reply
```
The `formatted_body` uses the template defined earlier in this section.
##### Fallback for `m.emote`
Similar to the fallback for `m.text`, each line gets prefixed with the
fallback prefix sequence. However an asterisk should be inserted before
the user's ID, like so:
```text
> * <@alice:example.org> feels like today is going to be a great day
This is the reply
```
The `formatted_body` has a subtle difference for the template where the
asterisk is also inserted ahead of the user's ID:
```html
<mx-reply>
<blockquote>
<a href="https://matrix.to/#/!somewhere:example.org/$event:example.org">In reply to</a>
* <a href="https://matrix.to/#/@alice:example.org">@alice:example.org</a>
<br />
<!-- This is where the related event's HTML would be. -->
</blockquote>
</mx-reply>
This is where the reply goes.
```
##### Fallback for `m.image`, `m.video`, `m.audio`, and `m.file`
The related event's `body` would be a file name, which may not be very
descriptive. The related event should additionally not have a `format`
or `formatted_body` in the `content` - if the event does have a `format`
and/or `formatted_body`, those fields should be ignored. Because the
filename alone may not be descriptive, the related event's `body` should
be considered to be `"sent a file."` such that the output looks similar
to the following:
```text
> <@alice:example.org> sent a file.
This is the reply
```
```html
<mx-reply>
<blockquote>
<a href="https://matrix.to/#/!somewhere:example.org/$event:example.org">In reply to</a>
<a href="https://matrix.to/#/@alice:example.org">@alice:example.org</a>
<br />
sent a file.
</blockquote>
</mx-reply>
This is where the reply goes.
```
For `m.image`, the text should be `"sent an image."`. For `m.video`, the
text should be `"sent a video."`. For `m.audio`, the text should be
`"sent an audio file"`.
#### Mentioning the replied to user
{{% boxes/note %}}
{{% changed-in v="1.16" %}}
Clients SHOULD no longer propagate mentioned users in the replied to event.
{{% /boxes/note %}}
In order to notify users of the reply, it may be desirable to include the `sender`
of the replied to event and any users mentioned in that event. See
[user and room mentions](#user-and-room-mentions) for additional information.
In order to notify users of the reply, it MAY be desirable to include the `sender`
of the replied to event. See [user and room mentions](#user-and-room-mentions) for
additional information.
An example including mentioning the original sender and other users:
An example including mentioning the original sender:
```json
```json5
{
"content": {
"m.relates_to": {
@ -88,6 +199,8 @@ An example including mentioning the original sender:
"user_ids": [
// The sender of $another_event.
"@alice:example.org",
// Another Matrix ID copied from the m.mentions property of $another_event.
"@bob:example.org"
]
}
},

View file

@ -6,14 +6,14 @@ It is sometimes desirable to offer a preview of a room, where a user can
This can be particularly effective when combined with [Guest Access](#guest-access).
Previews are implemented via the `world_readable` [Room History
Visibility](#room-history-visibility) setting, along with a special version of the [GET
Visibility](#room-history-visibility). setting, along with a special version of the [GET
/events](#get_matrixclientv3events) endpoint.
#### Client behaviour
A client wishing to view a room without joining it should call [GET
/rooms/:room\_id/initialSync](#get_matrixclientv3roomsroomidinitialsync),
followed by [GET /events](#peeking_get_matrixclientv3events). Clients will need to do
followed by [GET /events](#get_matrixclientv3events). Clients will need to do
this in parallel for each room they wish to view.
Clients can of course also call other endpoints such as [GET
@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Clients can of course also call other endpoints such as [GET
and [GET /search](#post_matrixclientv3search) to
access events outside the `/events` stream.
{{% http-api spec="client-server" api="peeking_events" anchor_base="peeking" %}}
{{% http-api spec="client-server" api="peeking_events" %}}
#### Server behaviour

View file

@ -30,23 +30,12 @@ server:
1. Checks that the user has permission to send `m.room.tombstone`
events in the room.
2. {{% changed-in v="1.4" %}} Creates a replacement room with a `m.room.create` event containing a
2. {{< changed-in v="1.4" >}} Creates a replacement room with a `m.room.create` event containing a
`predecessor` field, the applicable `room_version`, and a `type` field
which is copied from the `predecessor` room. If no `type` is set on the
previous room, no `type` is specified on the new room's create event
either.
{{% boxes/note %}}
{{% added-in v="1.16" %}} If both the new and old [room version](/rooms) support
additional creators, the server will not transfer those additional creators automatically.
They must be explicitly set during the `/upgrade` call.
{{% /boxes/note %}}
{{% boxes/note %}}
{{% added-in v="1.16" %}} When upgrading to room version 12 or later, the `predecessor` field MAY NOT contain
an `event_id`.
{{% /boxes/note %}}
3. Replicates transferable state events to the new room. The exact
details for what is transferred is left as an implementation detail,
however the recommended state events to transfer are:

View file

@ -26,10 +26,9 @@ on certain keys of certain event types.
The supported keys to search over are:
- `content.body` in [`m.room.message`](/client-server-api/#mroommessage)
- `content.name` in [`m.room.name`](/client-server-api/#mroomname)
- In [`m.room.topic`](/client-server-api/#mroomtopic), `content.topic`
as well as the `body` of the `text/plain` representation in `content['m.topic']`.
- `content.body` in `m.room.message`
- `content.name` in `m.room.name`
- `content.topic` in `m.room.topic`
The search will *not* include rooms that are end to end encrypted.

View file

@ -15,9 +15,6 @@ secret when storing, fetching, requesting, or sharing the secret.
Secrets are plain strings; structured data can be stored by encoding it
as a string.
The mechanism described in this section is known as "secure secret storage and
sharing", "SSSS", or "4S".
#### Storage
When secrets are stored on the server, they are stored in the user's
@ -58,8 +55,8 @@ available on all their clients. Unless the user specifies otherwise,
clients will try to use the default key to decrypt secrets.
Clients that want to present a simplified interface to users by not supporting
multiple keys should use the default key if one is specified. If no default
key is specified, the client may behave as if no key is present at
multiple keys should use the default key if one is specified. If not default
key is specified, the client may behave as if there is no key is present at
all. When such a client creates a key, it should mark that key as being the
default key.
@ -69,70 +66,6 @@ default key.
|------------|-----------|------------------------------------------|
| key | string | **Required.** The ID of the default key. |
###### `m.secret_storage.v1.aes-hmac-sha2`
For the purposes of allowing clients to check whether a user has correctly
entered the key, keys for use with the `m.secret_storage.v1.aes-hmac-sha2`
algorithm are stored with some additional data.
When storing a key, clients SHOULD:
1. Given the secret storage key, generate 64 bytes by performing an
HKDF with SHA-256 as the hash, a salt of 32 bytes of 0, and the empty
string as the info. The first 32 bytes are used as the AES key,
and the next 32 bytes are used as the MAC key.
2. Generate 16 random bytes, set bit 63 to 0 (in order to work around
differences in AES-CTR implementations), and use this as the AES
initialization vector (IV).
3. Encrypt a message consisting of 32 bytes of 0, using AES-CTR-256 using the
AES key and IV generated above.
4. Pass the raw encrypted data through HMAC-SHA-256 using the MAC key
generated above.
5. Encode the IV from step 2, and the MAC from step 4, using [unpadded
base64](/appendices/#unpadded-base64), and store the results in the `iv`
and `mac` properties respectively in the `m.secret_storage.key.[key ID]`
account-data. (The ciphertext from step 3 is discarded after passing
through the MAC calculation.)
This process can be repeated by a client checking if the key is correct: the
MAC should match if the key is correct. Note, however, that these properties
are **optional**. If they are not present, clients must assume that the key is
valid.
Note also, that although clients SHOULD use unpadded base64 as specified above,
some existing implementations use standard [RFC4648-compliant
base64](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc4648#section-4) with padding,
so clients must accept either encoding.
The structure of a `m.secret_storage.key.[key ID]` account data object for use
with this algorithm is therefore as follows:
`AesHmacSha2KeyDescription`
| Parameter | Type | Description |
|-------------|--------|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| name | string | Optional. The name of the key. |
| algorithm | string | **Required.** The encryption algorithm to be used for this key: `m.secret_storage.v1.aes-hmac-sha2`. |
| passphrase | object | See [deriving keys from passphrases](#deriving-keys-from-passphrases) section for a description of this property. |
| iv | string | Optional. The 16-byte initialization vector for the validation check, encoded as base64. |
| mac | string | Optional. The MAC of the result of encrypting 32 bytes of 0, encoded as base64. |
For example, it could look like:
```json
{
"name": "m.default",
"algorithm": "m.secret_storage.v1.aes-hmac-sha2",
"iv": "random+data",
"mac": "mac+of+encrypted+zeros"
}
```
##### Secret storage
Encrypted data is stored in the user's account data using the event
@ -149,7 +82,7 @@ of the data.
| Parameter | Type | Description |
|-----------|------------------|-------------|
| encrypted | {string: object} | **Required.** Map from key ID the encrypted data. The exact format for the encrypted data is dependent on the key algorithm. See the definition of `AesHmacSha2EncryptedData` in the [m.secret_storage.v1.aes-hmac-sha2](#msecret_storagev1aes-hmac-sha2-1) section. |
| encrypted | {string: object} | **Required.** Map from key ID the encrypted data. The exact format for the encrypted data is dependent on the key algorithm. See the definition of `AesHmacSha2EncryptedData` in the [m.secret_storage.v1.aes-hmac-sha2](#msecret_storagev1aes-hmac-sha2) section. |
Example:
@ -157,7 +90,7 @@ Some secret is encrypted using keys with ID `key_id_1` and `key_id_2`:
`org.example.some.secret`:
```nohighlight
```
{
"encrypted": {
"key_id_1": {
@ -177,7 +110,7 @@ and the key descriptions for the keys would be:
`m.secret_storage.key.key_id_1`:
```nohighlight
```
{
"name": "Some key",
"algorithm": "m.secret_storage.v1.aes-hmac-sha2",
@ -187,7 +120,7 @@ and the key descriptions for the keys would be:
`m.secret_storage.key.key_id_2`:
```nohighlight
```
{
"name": "Some other key",
"algorithm": "m.secret_storage.v1.aes-hmac-sha2",
@ -199,7 +132,7 @@ If `key_id_1` is the default key, then we also have:
`m.secret_storage.default_key`:
```nohighlight
```
{
"key": "key_id_1"
}
@ -214,30 +147,17 @@ HMAC-SHA-256. The secret is encrypted as follows:
1. Given the secret storage key, generate 64 bytes by performing an
HKDF with SHA-256 as the hash, a salt of 32 bytes of 0, and with the
secret name as the info. The first 32 bytes are used as the AES key,
and the next 32 bytes are used as the MAC key.
and the next 32 bytes are used as the MAC key
2. Generate 16 random bytes, set bit 63 to 0 (in order to work around
differences in AES-CTR implementations), and use this as the AES
initialization vector (IV).
3. Encrypt the data using AES-CTR-256 using the AES key and IV generated
above.
4. Pass the raw encrypted data through HMAC-SHA-256 using the MAC key
generated above.
5. Encode the IV from step 2, the ciphertext from step 3, and MAC from step 4,
using [unpadded base64](/appendices/#unpadded-base64), and store them as
the `iv`, `ciphertext`, and `mac` properties respectively in the account
data object.
**Note**: some existing implementations encode these properties using
standard [RFC4648-compliant
base64](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc4648#section-4) with
padding, so clients must accept either encoding.
The structure of the `encrypted` property of an account data object encrypted
with this algorithm is therefore as follows:
initialization vector. This becomes the `iv` property, encoded using
base64.
3. Encrypt the data using AES-CTR-256 using the AES key generated
above. This encrypted data, encoded using base64, becomes the
`ciphertext` property.
4. Pass the raw encrypted data (prior to base64 encoding) through
HMAC-SHA-256 using the MAC key generated above. The resulting MAC is
base64-encoded and becomes the `mac` property.
`AesHmacSha2EncryptedData`
@ -247,8 +167,38 @@ with this algorithm is therefore as follows:
| ciphertext | string | **Required.** The AES-CTR-encrypted data, encoded as base64. |
| mac | string | **Required.** The MAC, encoded as base64. |
For the purposes of allowing clients to check whether a user has
correctly entered the key, clients should:
For example, data encrypted using this algorithm could look like this:
1. encrypt and MAC a message consisting of 32 bytes of 0 as described
above, using the empty string as the info parameter to the HKDF in
step 1.
2. store the `iv` and `mac` in the `m.secret_storage.key.[key ID]`
account-data.
`AesHmacSha2KeyDescription`
| Parameter | Type | Description |
|-------------|--------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| name | string | Optional. The name of the key. |
| algorithm | string | **Required.** The encryption algorithm to be used for this key. Currently, only `m.secret_storage.v1.aes-hmac-sha2` is supported. |
| passphrase | object | See [deriving keys from passphrases](#deriving-keys-from-passphrases) section for a description of this property. |
| iv | string | The 16-byte initialization vector, encoded as base64. |
| mac | string | The MAC of the result of encrypting 32 bytes of 0, encoded as base64. |
For example, the `m.secret_storage.key.key_id` for a key using this
algorithm could look like:
```json
{
"name": "m.default",
"algorithm": "m.secret_storage.v1.aes-hmac-sha2",
"iv": "random+data",
"mac": "mac+of+encrypted+zeros"
}
```
and data encrypted using this algorithm could look like this:
```json
{
@ -262,13 +212,27 @@ For example, data encrypted using this algorithm could look like this:
}
```
##### Key representation
###### Key representation
When a user is given a raw key for `m.secret_storage.v1.aes-hmac-sha2`,
the key should be presented as a string using the common [cryptographic key
representation](/appendices/#cryptographic-key-representation).
it will be presented as a string constructed as follows:
##### Deriving keys from passphrases
1. The key is prepended by the two bytes `0x8b` and `0x01`
2. All the bytes in the string above, including the two header bytes,
are XORed together to form a parity byte. This parity byte is
appended to the byte string.
3. The byte string is encoded using base58, using the same [mapping as
is used for Bitcoin
addresses](https://en.bitcoin.it/wiki/Base58Check_encoding#Base58_symbol_chart),
that is, using the alphabet
`123456789ABCDEFGHJKLMNPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijkmnopqrstuvwxyz`.
4. The string is formatted into groups of four characters separated by
spaces.
When decoding a raw key, the process should be reversed, with the
exception that whitespace is insignificant in the user's input.
###### Deriving keys from passphrases
A user may wish to use a chosen passphrase rather than a randomly
generated key. In this case, information on how to generate the key from
@ -294,7 +258,7 @@ in the `iterations` parameter.
Example:
```nohighlight
```
{
"passphrase": {
"algorithm": "m.pbkdf2",

View file

@ -2,8 +2,8 @@
{{% added-in v="1.2" %}}
Often used to group rooms of similar subject matter (such as an "Official
matrix.org rooms" space or a "Work stuff" space), spaces are a way to
Often used to group rooms of similar subject matter (such as a public "Official
matrix.org rooms" space or personal "Work stuff" space), spaces are a way to
organise rooms while being represented as rooms themselves.
A space is defined by the [`m.space` room type](#types), making it known as a
@ -18,11 +18,11 @@ In the default power level structure, this would be `100`. Clients might wish to
go a step further and explicitly ignore notification counts on space-rooms.
Membership of a space is defined and controlled by the existing mechanisms which
govern a room: [`m.room.member`](/client-server-api#mroommember), [`m.room.history_visibility`](/client-server-api#mroomhistory_visibility),
and [`m.room.join_rules`](/client-server-api#mroomjoin_rules). Canonical aliases and invites, including
third-party invites, still work just as they do in normal rooms as well. Furthermore,
spaces can also be published in the [room directory](/client-server-api#published-room-directory) to make them
discoverable.
govern a room: [`m.room.member`](#mroommember), [`m.room.history_visibility`](#mroomhistory_visibility),
and [`m.room.join_rules`](#mroomjoin_rules). Public spaces are encouraged to have
a similar setup to public rooms: `world_readable` history visibility, published
canonical alias, and suitably public `join_rule`. Invites, including third-party
invites, still work just as they do in normal rooms as well.
All other aspects of regular rooms are additionally carried over, such as the
ability to set arbitrary state events, hold room account data, etc. Spaces are
@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ parent to the room. The `state_key` for the event is the child room's ID.
For example, to achieve the following:
```nohighlight
```
#space:example.org
#general:example.org (!abcdefg:example.org)
!private:example.org
@ -87,9 +87,10 @@ the state of `#space:example.org` would consist of:
}
```
No state events in the child rooms themselves would be required (though they can also
be present). This allows for users to define spaces without needing explicit permission
from the room moderators/admins.
No state events in the child rooms themselves would be required (though they
can also be present). This allows for users
to define personal/private spaces to organise their own rooms without needing explicit
permission from the room moderators/admins.
Child rooms can be removed from a space by omitting the `via` key of `content` on the
relevant state event, such as through redaction or otherwise clearing the `content`.

View file

@ -6,12 +6,11 @@ allow users to log into applications via a single web-based
authentication portal. Examples include OpenID Connect, "Central
Authentication Service" (CAS) and SAML.
This module allows a Matrix homeserver that supports the [legacy authentication
API](#legacy-api) to delegate user authentication to an external authentication
server supporting one of these protocols. In this process, there are three
systems involved:
This module allows a Matrix homeserver to delegate user authentication
to an external authentication server supporting one of these protocols.
In this process, there are three systems involved:
- A Matrix client, using the APIs defined in this specification, which
- A Matrix client, using the APIs defined this specification, which
is seeking to authenticate a user to a Matrix homeserver.
- A Matrix homeserver, implementing the APIs defined in this
specification, but which is delegating user authentication to the
@ -25,7 +24,7 @@ used to communicate with the authentication server. Different Matrix
homeserver implementations might support different SSO protocols.
Clients and homeservers implementing the SSO flow will need to consider
both [login](#legacy-login) and [user-interactive authentication](#user-interactive-authentication-api). The flow is
both [login](#login) and [user-interactive authentication](#user-interactive-authentication-api). The flow is
similar in both cases, but there are slight differences.
Typically, SSO systems require a single "callback" URI to be configured
@ -67,7 +66,7 @@ opening an embedded web view.
These steps are illustrated as follows:
```nohighlight
```
Matrix Client Matrix Homeserver Auth Server
| | |
|-------------(0) GET /login----------->| |
@ -124,8 +123,8 @@ authentication is successful, the browser will be redirected to that
For example, consider a web-based client at
`https://client.example.com`, which wants to initiate SSO login on
the homeserver with [server name](/appendices/#server-name) `server.example.org`. It does this by storing the
server name in a query parameter for the `redirectUrl`: it
the homeserver at `server.example.org`. It does this by storing the
homeserver name in a query parameter for the `redirectUrl`: it
redirects to
`https://server.example.org/login/sso/redirect?redirectUrl=https://client.example.com?hs=server.example.org`.

View file

@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ when the sticker image is clicked.
#### Events
Sticker events are received as a single `m.sticker` event in the
`timeline` section of a room, in a [`/sync`](#get_matrixclientv3sync).
`timeline` section of a room, in a `/sync`.
{{% event event="m.sticker" %}}

View file

@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ This module adds in support for inviting new members to a room where
their Matrix user ID is not known, instead addressing them by a third-party
identifier such as an email address. There are two flows here; one
if a Matrix user ID is known for the third-party identifier, and one if
not. Either way, the client calls [`/invite`](#thirdparty_post_matrixclientv3roomsroomidinvite)
with the details of the third-party identifier.
not. Either way, the client calls `/invite` with the details of the
third-party identifier.
The homeserver asks the identity server whether a Matrix user ID is
known for that identifier:
@ -33,18 +33,16 @@ invitee does indeed own that third-party identifier. See the
A client asks a server to invite a user by their third-party identifier.
{{% http-api spec="client-server" api="third_party_membership" anchor_base="thirdparty" %}}
{{% http-api spec="client-server" api="third_party_membership" %}}
#### Server behaviour
Upon receipt of an [`/invite`](#thirdparty_post_matrixclientv3roomsroomidinvite),
the server is expected to look up the third-party identifier with the provided
identity server by making a call to [`/_matrix/identity/v2/lookup`](/identity-service-api/#post_matrixidentityv2lookup).
If the lookup yields a result for a Matrix User ID then the normal [invite
process](/server-server-api/#inviting-to-a-room) can be initiated. This process
ends up looking like this:
Upon receipt of an `/invite`, the server is expected to look up the
third-party identifier with the provided identity server. If the lookup
yields a result for a Matrix User ID then the normal invite process can
be initiated. This process ends up looking like this:
```nohighlight
```
+---------+ +-------------+ +-----------------+
| Client | | Homeserver | | IdentityServer |
+---------+ +-------------+ +-----------------+
@ -68,13 +66,12 @@ ends up looking like this:
| | |
```
However, if the lookup does not yield a bound User ID, the homeserver must store
the invite on the identity server with a call to
[`/_matrix/identity/v2/store-invite`](/identity-service-api/#post_matrixidentityv2store-invite)
and emit a valid [`m.room.third_party_invite`](#mroomthird_party_invite) event
to the room. This process ends up looking like this:
However, if the lookup does not yield a bound User ID, the homeserver
must store the invite on the identity server and emit a valid
`m.room.third_party_invite` event to the room. This process ends up
looking like this:
```nohighlight
```
+---------+ +-------------+ +-----------------+
| Client | | Homeserver | | IdentityServer |
+---------+ +-------------+ +-----------------+
@ -104,19 +101,16 @@ to the room. This process ends up looking like this:
| | |
```
The third-party user will then need to verify their identity, which results in a
request to [`/_matrix/federation/v1/3pid/onbind`](/server-server-api/#put_matrixfederationv13pidonbind)
from the identity server to the homeserver that bound the third-party identifier
to a user. The homeserver then exchanges the `m.room.third_party_invite` event
in the room for a complete [`m.room.member`](#mroommember) event with
`content.membership: invite` and a `content.third_party_invite` property for the
user that has bound the third-party identifier. If the invitee is on a different
homeserver than the inviting user, the invitee's homeserver makes a request to
[`/_matrix/federation/v1/exchange_third_party_invite/{roomId}`](/server-server-api/#put_matrixfederationv1exchange_third_party_inviteroomid).
All homeservers MUST verify the signature in the `m.room.member` event's
All homeservers MUST verify the signature in the event's
`content.third_party_invite.signed` object.
The third-party user will then need to verify their identity, which
results in a call from the identity server to the homeserver that bound
the third-party identifier to a user. The homeserver then exchanges the
`m.room.third_party_invite` event in the room for a complete
`m.room.member` event for `membership: invite` for the user that has
bound the third-party identifier.
If a homeserver is joining a room for the first time because of an
`m.room.third_party_invite`, the server which is already participating
in the room (which is chosen as per the standard server-server
@ -133,7 +127,7 @@ and an identity server IS, the full sequence for a third-party invite
would look like the following. This diagram assumes H1 and H2 are
residents of the room while H3 is attempting to join.
```nohighlight
```
+-------+ +-----------------+ +-----+ +-----+ +-----+ +-----+
| UserA | | ThirdPartyUser | | H1 | | H2 | | H3 | | IS |
+-------+ +-----------------+ +-----+ +-----+ +-----+ +-----+
@ -192,15 +186,15 @@ residents of the room while H3 is attempting to join.
Note that when H1 sends the `m.room.member` event to H2 and H3 it does
not have to block on either server's receipt of the event. Likewise, H1
may complete the [`/exchange_third_party_invite`](/server-server-api/#put_matrixfederationv1exchange_third_party_inviteroomid) request at the
may complete the `/exchange_third_party_invite/:roomId` request at the
same time as sending the `m.room.member` event to H2 and H3.
Additionally, H3 may complete the [`/3pid/onbind`](/server-server-api/#put_matrixfederationv13pidonbind) request it got from IS
Additionally, H3 may complete the `/3pid/onbind` request it got from IS
at any time - the completion is not shown in the diagram.
H1 MUST verify the request from H3 to ensure the `signed` property is
correct as well as the `key_validity_url` as still being valid. This is
done by making a request to the identity server's
[`/pubkey/isvalid`](/identity-service-api/#get_matrixidentityv2pubkeyisvalid)
done by making a request to the [identity server
/isvalid](/identity-service-api/#get_matrixidentityv2pubkeyisvalid)
endpoint, using the provided URL rather than constructing a new one. The
query string and response for the provided URL must match the Identity
Service Specification.

View file

@ -12,13 +12,11 @@ as by providing some context to what is going on in the thread but keeping the f
history behind a disclosure.
Threads are established using a `rel_type` of `m.thread` and reference the
*thread root* (the main timeline event to which the thread events refer). It is not possible to create a thread from an event which itself
is the child of an event relationship (i.e., one with an `m.relates_to`
property with a `rel_type` property - see [Relationship types](#relationship-types)).
It is therefore also not possible to nest threads.
Unlike rich reply chains, all events in a thread reference the thread root
instead of the most recent message.
*thread root* (the first event in a thread). It is not possible to create a
thread from an event which itself is the child of an event relationship (i.e.,
one with an `m.relates_to` property). It is therefore also not possible to nest
threads. All events in a thread reference the thread root instead of the
most recent message, unlike rich reply chains.
As a worked example, the following represents a thread and how it would be formed:
@ -106,6 +104,10 @@ flag to `true`.
}
```
For `m.room.message` events represented this way, no [reply fallback](#fallbacks-for-rich-replies)
is specified. This allows thread-aware clients to discard the `m.in_reply_to` object entirely
when `is_falling_back` is `true`.
{{% boxes/note %}}
Clients which are acutely aware of threads (they do not render threads, but are otherwise
aware of the feature existing in the spec) can treat rich replies to an event with a `rel_type`
@ -185,7 +187,7 @@ included under the `m.relations` property in `unsigned` for the thread root. For
```
`latest_event` is the most recent event (topologically to the server) in the thread sent by an
un-[ignored user](#ignoring-users). It should be serialized in the same form as the event itself.
un-[ignored user](#ignoring-users).
Note that, as in the example above, child events of the `latest_event` should
themselves be aggregated and included under `m.relations` for that event. The

View file

@ -96,8 +96,13 @@ Matrix clients can send DTMF as specified by WebRTC. The WebRTC standard as of A
in the RTP payload.
#### Grammar for VoIP IDs
`call_id`s and `party_id` are explicitly defined to be between 1 and 255 characters long, consisting
of the characters `[0-9a-zA-Z._~-]`.
`call_id`s and `party_id` must follow the [Opaque Identifier Grammar](/appendices#opaque-identifiers).
(Note that this matches the grammar of 'opaque IDs' from
[MSC1597](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals/blob/rav/proposals/id_grammar/proposals/1597-id-grammar.md#opaque-ids),
and that of the `id` property of the
[`m.login.sso` flow schema](#definition-mloginsso-flow-schema).)
#### Behaviour on Room Leave
If the client sees the user it is in a call with leave the room, the client should treat this
@ -129,7 +134,7 @@ or not there have been any changes to the Matrix spec.
A call is set up with message events exchanged as follows:
```nohighlight
```
Caller Callee
[Place Call]
m.call.invite ----------->
@ -144,7 +149,7 @@ A call is set up with message events exchanged as follows:
Or a rejected call:
```nohighlight
```
Caller Callee
m.call.invite ------------>
m.call.candidate --------->
@ -166,35 +171,18 @@ In response to an incoming invite, a client may do one of several things:
##### Streams
Clients may send more than one stream in a VoIP call. The streams should be
differentiated by including metadata in the [`m.call.invite`](/client-server-api/#mcallinvite),
[`m.call.answer`](/client-server-api/#mcallanswer) and [`m.call.negotiate`](/client-server-api/#mcallnegotiate)
events, using the `sdp_stream_metadata` property. An [`m.call.sdp_stream_metadata_changed`](/client-server-api/#mcallsdp_stream_metadata_changed)
event can be sent when the metadata changes but no negotiation is required.
Clients are expected to send one stream with one track of kind `audio` (creating a
voice call). They can optionally send a second track in the same stream of kind
`video` (creating a video call).
Clients are recommended to not mute the audio of WebRTC tracks locally when an
incoming stream has the `audio_muted` field set to `true`. This is because when
the other user unmutes themselves, there may be a slight delay between their
client sending audio and the [`m.call.sdp_stream_metadata_changed`](/client-server-api/#mcallsdp_stream_metadata_changed)
event arriving and any audio sent in between will not be heard. The other user
will still stop transmitting audio once they mute on their side, so no audio is
sent without the user's knowledge.
Clients implementing this specification use the first stream and will ignore
any streamless tracks. Note that in the JavaScript WebRTC API, this means
`addTrack()` must be passed two parameters: a track and a stream, not just a
track, and in a video call the stream must be the same for both audio and video
track.
The same suggestion does not apply to `video_muted`. Clients _should_ mute video
locally, so that the receiving side doesn't see a black video.
If `sdp_stream_metadata` is present and an incoming stream is not listed in it,
the stream should be ignored. If a stream has a `purpose` of an unknown type, it
should also be ignored.
For backwards compatibility, if `sdp_stream_metadata` is not present in the
initial [`m.call.invite`](/client-server-api/#mcallinvite) or [`m.call.answer`](/client-server-api/#mcallanswer)
event sent by the other party, the client should assume that this property is
not supported by the other party. It means that multiple streams cannot be
differentiated: the client should only use the first incoming stream and
shouldn't send more than one stream.
Clients implementing this specification should ignore any streamless tracks.
A client may send other streams and tracks but the behaviour of the other party
with respect to presenting such streams and tracks is undefined.
##### Invitees
The `invitee` field should be added whenever the call is intended for one
@ -202,13 +190,11 @@ specific user, and should be set to the Matrix user ID of that user. Invites
without an `invitee` field are defined to be intended for any member of the
room other than the sender of the event.
Clients should consider an incoming call if they see a non-expired invite event
where the `invitee` field is either absent or equal to their user's Matrix ID.
They should, however, evaluate whether or not to ring based on their user's trust
relationship with the callers and/or where the call was placed. As a starting
point, it is RECOMMENDED that clients ignore call invites in rooms with a
[join rule](#mroomjoin_rules) of `public`. When clients suppress ringing for an
incoming call invite, they SHOULD still display the call invite in the room and
Clients should consider an incoming call if they see a non-expired invite event where the `invitee` field is either
absent or equal to their user's Matrix ID, however they should evaluate whether or not to ring based on their
user's trust relationship with the callers and/or where the call was placed. As a starting point, it is
suggested that clients ignore call invites from users in public rooms. It is strongly recommended that
when clients do not ring for an incoming call invite, they still display the call invite in the room and
annotate that it was ignored.
##### Glare

View file

@ -2,15 +2,17 @@
title: "Identity Service API"
weight: 40
type: docs
description: |
The Matrix client-server and server-server APIs are largely expressed in
Matrix user identifiers. Sometimes it is useful to refer to users by other
(“third-party”) identifiers such as email addresses or phone numbers. The
Identity Service API describes how mappings between 3PIDs and Matrix user
IDs can be established, validated, and used; in practice this has been
applied to email addresses and phone numbers.
---
The Matrix client-server and server-server APIs are largely expressed in
Matrix user identifiers. From time to time, it is useful to refer to
users by other ("third-party") identifiers, or "3PID"s, e.g. their email
address or phone number. This Identity Service Specification describes
how mappings between third-party identifiers and Matrix user identifiers
can be established, validated, and used. This description technically
may apply to any 3PID, but in practice has only been applied
specifically to email addresses and phone numbers.
## General principles
The purpose of an identity server is to validate, store, and answer
@ -160,20 +162,15 @@ of access tokens to authenticate users. The access tokens provided by an
Identity Server cannot be used to authenticate Client-Server API
requests.
Access tokens may be provided via a request header, using the
Authentication Bearer scheme: `Authorization: Bearer TheTokenHere`.
An access token is provided to an endpoint in one of two ways:
Clients may alternatively provide the access token via a query string
parameter: `access_token=TheTokenHere`. This method is deprecated to
prevent the access token being leaked in access/HTTP logs and SHOULD NOT
be used by clients.
1. Via a query string parameter, `access_token=TheTokenHere`.
2. Via a request header, `Authorization: Bearer TheTokenHere`.
Identity Servers MUST support both methods.
{{% boxes/note %}}
{{% changed-in v="1.11" %}}
Sending the access token as a query string parameter is now deprecated.
{{% /boxes/note %}}
Clients are encouraged to the use the `Authorization` header where
possible to prevent the access token being leaked in access/HTTP logs.
The query string should only be used in cases where the `Authorization`
header is inaccessible for the client.
When credentials are required but missing or invalid, the HTTP call will
return with a status of 401 and the error code `M_UNAUTHORIZED`.

View file

@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
---
title: "Olm & Megolm"
weight: 61
type: docs
---
Matrix uses the Olm and Megolm cryptographic ratchets for [end-to-end encryption](../client-server-api/#end-to-end-encryption).
- [Olm: A Cryptographic Ratchet](/olm-megolm/olm/)
- [Megolm group ratchet](/olm-megolm/megolm/)

View file

@ -1,378 +0,0 @@
---
title: "Megolm group ratchet"
weight: 20
type: docs
---
An AES-based cryptographic ratchet intended for group communications.
## Background
The Megolm ratchet is intended for encrypted messaging applications where there
may be a large number of recipients of each message, thus precluding the use of
peer-to-peer encryption systems such as [Olm][].
It also allows a recipient to decrypt received messages multiple times. For
instance, in client/server applications, a copy of the ciphertext can be stored
on the (untrusted) server, while the client need only store the session keys.
## Overview
Each participant in a conversation uses their own outbound session for
encrypting messages. A session consists of a ratchet and an [Ed25519][] keypair.
Secrecy is provided by the ratchet, which can be wound forwards but not
backwards, and is used to derive a distinct message key for each message.
Authenticity is provided via Ed25519 signatures.
The value of the ratchet, and the public part of the Ed25519 key, are shared
with other participants in the conversation via secure peer-to-peer
channels. Provided that peer-to-peer channel provides authenticity of the
messages to the participants and deniability of the messages to third parties,
the Megolm session will inherit those properties.
## The Megolm ratchet algorithm
The Megolm ratchet \(R_i\) consists of four parts, \(R_{i,j}\) for
\(j \in {0,1,2,3}\). The length of each part depends on the hash function
in use (256 bits for this version of Megolm).
The ratchet is initialised with cryptographically-secure random data, and
advanced as follows:
\[
\begin{aligned}
R_{i,0} &=
\begin{cases}
H_0\left(R_{2^{24}(n-1),0}\right) &\text{if }\exists n | i = 2^{24}n\\
R_{i-1,0} &\text{otherwise}
\end{cases}\\
R_{i,1} &=
\begin{cases}
H_1\left(R_{2^{24}(n-1),0}\right) &\text{if }\exists n | i = 2^{24}n\\
H_1\left(R_{2^{16}(m-1),1}\right) &\text{if }\exists m | i = 2^{16}m\\
R_{i-1,1} &\text{otherwise}
\end{cases}\\
R_{i,2} &=
\begin{cases}
H_2\left(R_{2^{24}(n-1),0}\right) &\text{if }\exists n | i = 2^{24}n\\
H_2\left(R_{2^{16}(m-1),1}\right) &\text{if }\exists m | i = 2^{16}m\\
H_2\left(R_{2^8(p-1),2}\right) &\text{if }\exists p | i = 2^8p\\
R_{i-1,2} &\text{otherwise}
\end{cases}\\
R_{i,3} &=
\begin{cases}
H_3\left(R_{2^{24}(n-1),0}\right) &\text{if }\exists n | i = 2^{24}n\\
H_3\left(R_{2^{16}(m-1),1}\right) &\text{if }\exists m | i = 2^{16}m\\
H_3\left(R_{2^8(p-1),2}\right) &\text{if }\exists p | i = 2^8p\\
H_3\left(R_{i-1,3}\right) &\text{otherwise}
\end{cases}
\end{aligned}
\]
where \(H_0\), \(H_1\), \(H_2\), and \(H_3\) are different hash
functions. In summary: every \(2^8\) iterations, \(R_{i,3}\) is
reseeded from \(R_{i,2}\). Every \(2^{16}\) iterations, \(R_{i,2}\)
and \(R_{i,3}\) are reseeded from \(R_{i,1}\). Every \(2^{24}\)
iterations, \(R_{i,1}\), \(R_{i,2}\) and \(R_{i,3}\) are reseeded
from \(R_{i,0}\).
The complete ratchet value, \(R_{i}\), is hashed to generate the keys used
to encrypt each message. This scheme allows the ratchet to be advanced an
arbitrary amount forwards while needing at most 1020 hash computations. A
client can decrypt chat history onwards from the earliest value of the ratchet
it is aware of, but cannot decrypt history from before that point without
reversing the hash function.
This allows a participant to share its ability to decrypt chat history with
another from a point in the conversation onwards by giving a copy of the
ratchet at that point in the conversation.
## The Megolm protocol
### Session setup
Each participant in a conversation generates their own Megolm session. A
session consists of three parts:
* a 32 bit counter, \(i\).
* an [Ed25519][] keypair, \(K\).
* a ratchet, \(R_i\), which consists of four 256-bit values,
\(R_{i,j}\) for \(j \in {0,1,2,3}\).
The counter \(i\) is initialised to \(0\). A new Ed25519 keypair is
generated for \(K\). The ratchet is simply initialised with 1024 bits of
cryptographically-secure random data.
A single participant may use multiple sessions over the lifetime of a
conversation. The public part of \(K\) is used as an identifier to
discriminate between sessions.
### Sharing session data
To allow other participants in the conversation to decrypt messages, the
session data is formatted as described in [Session-sharing format](#session-sharing-format). It is then
shared with other participants in the conversation via a secure peer-to-peer
channel (such as that provided by [Olm][]).
When the session data is received from other participants, the recipient first
checks that the signature matches the public key. They then store their own
copy of the counter, ratchet, and public key.
### Message encryption
This version of Megolm uses [AES-256][] in [CBC][] mode with [PKCS#7][] padding and
[HMAC-SHA-256][] (truncated to 64 bits). The 256 bit AES key, 256 bit HMAC key,
and 128 bit AES IV are derived from the megolm ratchet \(R_i\):
\[
\begin{aligned}
\mathit{AES\_KEY}_{i}\;\parallel\;\mathit{HMAC\_KEY}_{i}\;\parallel\;\mathit{AES\_IV}_{i}
&= \operatorname{HKDF}\left(0,\,R_{i},\text{"MEGOLM\_KEYS"},\,80\right) \\
\end{aligned}
\]
where \(\parallel\) represents string splitting, and
\(\operatorname{HKDF}\left(\mathit{salt},\,\mathit{IKM},\,\mathit{info},\,L\right)\)
refers to the [HMAC-based key
derivation function][] using using [SHA-256][] as the hash function
([HKDF-SHA-256][]) with a salt value of \(\mathit{salt}\), input key material of
\(\mathit{IKM}\), context string \(\mathit{info}\), and output keying material length of
\(L\) bytes.
The plain-text is encrypted with AES-256, using the key \(\mathit{AES\_KEY}_{i}\)
and the IV \(\mathit{AES\_IV}_{i}\) to give the cipher-text, \(X_{i}\).
The ratchet index \(i\), and the cipher-text \(X_{i}\), are then packed
into a message as described in [Message format](#message-format). Then the entire message
(including the version bytes and all payload bytes) are passed through
HMAC-SHA-256. The first 8 bytes of the MAC are appended to the message.
Finally, the authenticated message is signed using the Ed25519 keypair; the 64
byte signature is appended to the message.
The complete signed message, together with the public part of \(K\) (acting
as a session identifier), can then be sent over an insecure channel. The
message can then be authenticated and decrypted only by recipients who have
received the session data.
### Advancing the ratchet
After each message is encrypted, the ratchet is advanced. This is done as
described in [The Megolm ratchet algorithm](#the-megolm-ratchet-algorithm), using the following definitions:
\[
\begin{aligned}
H_0(A) &\equiv \operatorname{HMAC}(A,\text{``\char`\\x00"}) \\
H_1(A) &\equiv \operatorname{HMAC}(A,\text{``\char`\\x01"}) \\
H_2(A) &\equiv \operatorname{HMAC}(A,\text{``\char`\\x02"}) \\
H_3(A) &\equiv \operatorname{HMAC}(A,\text{``\char`\\x03"}) \\
\end{aligned}
\]
where \(\operatorname{HMAC}(A, T)\) is the HMAC-SHA-256 of ``T``, using ``A`` as the
key.
For outbound sessions, the updated ratchet and counter are stored in the
session.
In order to maintain the ability to decrypt conversation history, inbound
sessions should store a copy of their earliest known ratchet value (unless they
explicitly want to drop the ability to decrypt that history - see [Partial
Forward Secrecy](#partial-forward-secrecy)). They may also choose to cache calculated ratchet values,
but the decision of which ratchet states to cache is left to the application.
## Data exchange formats
### Session sharing format
This format is used for the initial sharing of a Megolm session with other
group participants who need to be able to read messages encrypted by this
session.
The session sharing format is as follows:
```nohighlight
+---+----+--------+--------+--------+--------+------+-----------+
| V | i | R(i,0) | R(i,1) | R(i,2) | R(i,3) | Kpub | Signature |
+---+----+--------+--------+--------+--------+------+-----------+
0 1 5 37 69 101 133 165 229 bytes
```
The version byte, ``V``, is ``"\x02"``.
This is followed by the ratchet index, \(i\), which is encoded as a
big-endian 32-bit integer; the ratchet values \(R_{i,j}\); and the public
part of the Ed25519 keypair \(K\).
The data is then signed using the Ed25519 keypair, and the 64-byte signature is
appended.
### Session export format
Once the session is initially shared with the group participants, each
participant needs to retain a copy of the session if they want to maintain
their ability to decrypt messages encrypted with that session.
For forward-secrecy purposes, a participant may choose to store a ratcheted
version of the session. But since the ratchet index is covered by the
signature, this would invalidate the signature. So we define a similar format,
called the *session export format*, which is identical to the [session sharing
format](#session-sharing-format) except for dropping the signature.
The Megolm session export format is thus as follows:
```nohighlight
+---+----+--------+--------+--------+--------+------+
| V | i | R(i,0) | R(i,1) | R(i,2) | R(i,3) | Kpub |
+---+----+--------+--------+--------+--------+------+
0 1 5 37 69 101 133 165 bytes
```
The version byte, ``V``, is ``"\x01"``.
This is followed by the ratchet index, \(i\), which is encoded as a
big-endian 32-bit integer; the ratchet values \(R_{i,j}\); and the public
part of the Ed25519 keypair \(K\).
### Message format
Megolm messages consist of a one byte version, followed by a variable length
payload, a fixed length message authentication code, and a fixed length
signature.
```nohighlight
+---+------------------------------------+-----------+------------------+
| V | Payload Bytes | MAC Bytes | Signature Bytes |
+---+------------------------------------+-----------+------------------+
0 1 N N+8 N+72 bytes
```
The version byte, ``V``, is ``"\x03"``.
The payload uses a format based on the [Protocol Buffers encoding][]. It
consists of the following key-value pairs:
**Name**|**Tag**|**Type**|**Meaning**
:-----:|:-----:|:-----:|:-----:
Message-Index|0x08|Integer|The index of the ratchet, i
Cipher-Text|0x12|String|The cipher-text, Xi, of the message
Within the payload, integers are encoded using a variable length encoding. Each
integer is encoded as a sequence of bytes with the high bit set followed by a
byte with the high bit clear. The seven low bits of each byte store the bits of
the integer. The least significant bits are stored in the first byte.
Strings are encoded as a variable-length integer followed by the string itself.
Each key-value pair is encoded as a variable-length integer giving the tag,
followed by a string or variable-length integer giving the value.
The payload is followed by the MAC. The length of the MAC is determined by the
authenticated encryption algorithm being used (8 bytes in this version of the
protocol). The MAC protects all of the bytes preceding the MAC.
The length of the signature is determined by the signing algorithm being used
(64 bytes in this version of the protocol). The signature covers all of the
bytes preceding the signature.
## Limitations
### Message Replays
A message can be decrypted successfully multiple times. This means that an
attacker can re-send a copy of an old message, and the recipient will treat it
as a new message.
To mitigate this it is recommended that applications track the ratchet indices
they have received and that they reject messages with a ratchet index that
they have already decrypted.
### Lack of Transcript Consistency
In a group conversation, there is no guarantee that all recipients have
received the same messages. For example, if Alice is in a conversation with Bob
and Charlie, she could send different messages to Bob and Charlie, or could
send some messages to Bob but not Charlie, or vice versa.
Solving this is, in general, a hard problem, particularly in a protocol which
does not guarantee in-order message delivery. For now it remains the subject of
future research.
### Lack of Backward Secrecy
[Backward secrecy](https://intensecrypto.org/public/lec_08_hash_functions_part2.html#sec-forward-and-backward-secrecy)
(also called 'future secrecy' or 'post-compromise security') is the property
that if current private keys are compromised, an attacker cannot decrypt
future messages in a given session. In other words, when looking
**backwards** in time at a compromise which has already happened, **current**
messages are still secret.
By itself, Megolm does not possess this property: once the key to a Megolm
session is compromised, the attacker can decrypt any message that was
encrypted using a key derived from the compromised or subsequent ratchet
values.
In order to mitigate this, the application should ensure that Megolm sessions
are not used indefinitely. Instead it should periodically start a new session,
with new keys shared over a secure channel.
<!-- TODO: Can we recommend sensible lifetimes for Megolm sessions? Probably
depends how paranoid we're feeling, but some guidelines might be useful. -->
### Partial Forward Secrecy
[Forward secrecy](https://intensecrypto.org/public/lec_08_hash_functions_part2.html#sec-forward-and-backward-secrecy)
(also called 'perfect forward secrecy') is the property that if the current
private keys are compromised, an attacker cannot decrypt *past* messages in
a given session. In other words, when looking **forwards** in time towards a
potential future compromise, **current** messages will be secret.
In Megolm, each recipient maintains a record of the ratchet value which allows
them to decrypt any messages sent in the session after the corresponding point
in the conversation. If this value is compromised, an attacker can similarly
decrypt past messages which were encrypted by a key derived from the
compromised or subsequent ratchet values. This gives 'partial' forward
secrecy.
To mitigate this issue, the application should offer the user the option to
discard historical conversations, by winding forward any stored ratchet values,
or discarding sessions altogether.
### Dependency on secure channel for key exchange
The design of the Megolm ratchet relies on the availability of a secure
peer-to-peer channel for the exchange of session keys. Any vulnerabilities in
the underlying channel are likely to be amplified when applied to Megolm
session setup.
For example, if the peer-to-peer channel is vulnerable to an unknown key-share
attack, the entire Megolm session become similarly vulnerable. For example:
Alice starts a group chat with Eve, and shares the session keys with Eve. Eve
uses the unknown key-share attack to forward the session keys to Bob, who
believes Alice is starting the session with him. Eve then forwards messages
from the Megolm session to Bob, who again believes they are coming from
Alice. Provided the peer-to-peer channel is not vulnerable to this attack, Bob
will realise that the key-sharing message was forwarded by Eve, and can treat
the Megolm session as a forgery.
A second example: if the peer-to-peer channel is vulnerable to a replay
attack, this can be extended to entire Megolm sessions.
## License
The Megolm specification (this document) is licensed under the Apache License,
Version 2.0 http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0.
[Ed25519]: http://ed25519.cr.yp.to/
[HMAC-based key derivation function]: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5869
[HKDF-SHA-256]: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5869
[HMAC-SHA-256]: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2104
[SHA-256]: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6234
[AES-256]: http://csrc.nist.gov/publications/fips/fips197/fips-197.pdf
[CBC]: http://csrc.nist.gov/publications/nistpubs/800-38a/sp800-38a.pdf
[PKCS#7]: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2315
[Olm]: https://gitlab.matrix.org/matrix-org/olm/blob/master/docs/olm.md
[Protocol Buffers encoding]: https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/encoding

View file

@ -1,334 +0,0 @@
---
title: "Olm: A Cryptographic Ratchet"
weight: 10
type: docs
---
An implementation of the double cryptographic ratchet described by
https://whispersystems.org/docs/specifications/doubleratchet/.
## Notation
This document uses \(\parallel\) to represent string concatenation. When
\(\parallel\) appears on the right hand side of an \(=\) it means that
the inputs are concatenated. When \(\parallel\) appears on the left hand
side of an \(=\) it means that the output is split.
When this document uses \(\operatorname{ECDH}\left(K_A,K_B\right)\) it means
that each party computes a Diffie-Hellman agreement using their private key
and the remote party's public key.
So party \(A\) computes \(\operatorname{ECDH}\left(K_B^{public},K_A^{private}\right)\)
and party \(B\) computes \(\operatorname{ECDH}\left(K_A^{public},K_B^{private}\right)\).
Where this document uses \(\operatorname{HKDF}\left(salt,IKM,info,L\right)\) it
refers to the [HMAC-based key derivation function][] with a salt value of
\(salt\), input key material of \(IKM\), context string \(info\),
and output keying material length of \(L\) bytes.
## The Olm Algorithm
### Initial setup
The setup takes four [Curve25519][] inputs: Identity keys for Alice and Bob,
\(I_A\) and \(I_B\), and one-time keys for Alice and Bob,
\(E_A\) and \(E_B\). A shared secret, \(S\), is generated using
[Triple Diffie-Hellman][]. The initial 256 bit root key, \(R_0\), and 256
bit chain key, \(C_{0,0}\), are derived from the shared secret using an
HMAC-based Key Derivation Function using [SHA-256][] as the hash function
([HKDF-SHA-256][]) with default salt and ``"OLM_ROOT"`` as the info.
\[
\begin{aligned}
S&=\operatorname{ECDH}\left(I_A,E_B\right)\;\parallel\;
\operatorname{ECDH}\left(E_A,I_B\right)\;\parallel\;
\operatorname{ECDH}\left(E_A,E_B\right)\\
R_0\;\parallel\;C_{0,0}&=
\operatorname{HKDF}\left(0,S,\text{``OLM\_ROOT"},64\right)
\end{aligned}
\]
### Advancing the root key
Advancing a root key takes the previous root key, \(R_{i-1}\), and two
Curve25519 inputs: the previous ratchet key, \(T_{i-1}\), and the current
ratchet key \(T_i\). The even ratchet keys are generated by Alice.
The odd ratchet keys are generated by Bob. A shared secret is generated
using Diffie-Hellman on the ratchet keys. The next root key, \(R_i\), and
chain key, \(C_{i,0}\), are derived from the shared secret using
[HKDF-SHA-256][] using \(R_{i-1}\) as the salt and ``"OLM_RATCHET"`` as the
info.
\[
\begin{aligned}
R_i\;\parallel\;C_{i,0}&=
\operatorname{HKDF}\left(
R_{i-1},
\operatorname{ECDH}\left(T_{i-1},T_i\right),
\text{``OLM\_RATCHET"},
64
\right)
\end{aligned}
\]
### Advancing the chain key
Advancing a chain key takes the previous chain key, \(C_{i,j-1}\). The next
chain key, \(C_{i,j}\), is the [HMAC-SHA-256][] of ``"\x02"`` using the
previous chain key as the key.
\[
\begin{aligned}
C_{i,j}&=\operatorname{HMAC}\left(C_{i,j-1},\text{``\char`\\x02"}\right)
\end{aligned}
\]
### Creating a message key
Creating a message key takes the current chain key, \(C_{i,j}\). The
message key, \(M_{i,j}\), is the [HMAC-SHA-256][] of ``"\x01"`` using the
current chain key as the key. The message keys where \(i\) is even are used
by Alice to encrypt messages. The message keys where \(i\) is odd are used
by Bob to encrypt messages.
\[
\begin{aligned}
M_{i,j}&=\operatorname{HMAC}\left(C_{i,j},\text{``\char`\\x01"}\right)
\end{aligned}
\]
## The Olm Protocol
### Creating an outbound session
Bob publishes the public parts of his identity key, \(I_B\), and some
single-use one-time keys \(E_B\).
Alice downloads Bob's identity key, \(I_B\), and a one-time key,
\(E_B\). She generates a new single-use key, \(E_A\), and computes a
root key, \(R_0\), and a chain key \(C_{0,0}\). She also generates a
new ratchet key \(T_0\).
### Sending the first pre-key messages
Alice computes a message key, \(M_{0,j}\), and a new chain key,
\(C_{0,j+1}\), using the current chain key. She replaces the current chain
key with the new one.
Alice encrypts her plain-text with the message key, \(M_{0,j}\), using an
authenticated encryption scheme (see below) to get a cipher-text,
\(X_{0,j}\).
She then sends the following to Bob:
* The public part of her identity key, \(I_A\)
* The public part of her single-use key, \(E_A\)
* The public part of Bob's single-use key, \(E_B\)
* The current chain index, \(j\)
* The public part of her ratchet key, \(T_0\)
* The cipher-text, \(X_{0,j}\)
Alice will continue to send pre-key messages until she receives a message from
Bob.
### Creating an inbound session from a pre-key message
Bob receives a pre-key message as above.
Bob looks up the private part of his single-use key, \(E_B\). He can now
compute the root key, \(R_0\), and the chain key, \(C_{0,0}\), from
\(I_A\), \(E_A\), \(I_B\), and \(E_B\).
Bob then advances the chain key \(j\) times, to compute the chain key used
by the message, \(C_{0,j}\). He now creates the
message key, \(M_{0,j}\), and attempts to decrypt the cipher-text,
\(X_{0,j}\). If the cipher-text's authentication is correct then Bob can
discard the private part of his single-use one-time key, \(E_B\).
Bob stores Alice's initial ratchet key, \(T_0\), until he wants to
send a message.
### Sending normal messages
Once a message has been received from the other side, a session is considered
established, and a more compact form is used.
To send a message, the user checks if they have a sender chain key,
\(C_{i,j}\). Alice uses chain keys where \(i\) is even. Bob uses chain
keys where \(i\) is odd. If the chain key doesn't exist then a new ratchet
key \(T_i\) is generated and a new root key \(R_i\) and chain key
\(C_{i,0}\) are computed using \(R_{i-1}\), \(T_{i-1}\) and
\(T_i\).
A message key,
\(M_{i,j}\) is computed from the current chain key, \(C_{i,j}\), and
the chain key is replaced with the next chain key, \(C_{i,j+1}\). The
plain-text is encrypted with \(M_{i,j}\), using an authenticated encryption
scheme (see below) to get a cipher-text, \(X_{i,j}\).
The user then sends the following to the recipient:
* The current chain index, \(j\)
* The public part of the current ratchet key, \(T_i\)
* The cipher-text, \(X_{i,j}\)
### Receiving messages
The user receives a message as above with the sender's current chain index, \(j\),
the sender's ratchet key, \(T_i\), and the cipher-text, \(X_{i,j}\).
The user checks if they have a receiver chain with the correct
\(i\) by comparing the ratchet key, \(T_i\). If the chain doesn't exist
then they compute a new root key, \(R_i\), and a new receiver chain, with
chain key \(C_{i,0}\), using \(R_{i-1}\), \(T_{i-1}\) and
\(T_i\).
If the \(j\) of the message is less than
the current chain index on the receiver then the message may only be decrypted
if the receiver has stored a copy of the message key \(M_{i,j}\). Otherwise
the receiver computes the chain key, \(C_{i,j}\). The receiver computes the
message key, \(M_{i,j}\), from the chain key and attempts to decrypt the
cipher-text, \(X_{i,j}\).
If the decryption succeeds the receiver updates the chain key for \(T_i\)
with \(C_{i,j+1}\) and stores the message keys that were skipped in the
process so that they can decode out of order messages. If the receiver created
a new receiver chain then they discard their current sender chain so that
they will create a new chain when they next send a message.
## The Olm Message Format
Olm uses two types of messages. The underlying transport protocol must provide
a means for recipients to distinguish between them.
### Normal Messages
Olm messages start with a one byte version followed by a variable length
payload followed by a fixed length message authentication code.
```nohighlight
+--------------+------------------------------------+-----------+
| Version Byte | Payload Bytes | MAC Bytes |
+--------------+------------------------------------+-----------+
```
The version byte is ``"\x03"``.
The payload consists of key-value pairs where the keys are integers and the
values are integers and strings. The keys are encoded as a variable length
integer tag where the 3 lowest bits indicates the type of the value:
0 for integers, 2 for strings. If the value is an integer then the tag is
followed by the value encoded as a variable length integer. If the value is
a string then the tag is followed by the length of the string encoded as
a variable length integer followed by the string itself.
Olm uses a variable length encoding for integers. Each integer is encoded as a
sequence of bytes with the high bit set followed by a byte with the high bit
clear. The seven low bits of each byte store the bits of the integer. The least
significant bits are stored in the first byte.
**Name**|**Tag**|**Type**|**Meaning**
:-----:|:-----:|:-----:|:-----:
Ratchet-Key|0x0A|String|The public part of the ratchet key, Ti, of the message
Chain-Index|0x10|Integer|The chain index, j, of the message
Cipher-Text|0x22|String|The cipher-text, Xi,j, of the message
The length of the MAC is determined by the authenticated encryption algorithm
being used. (Olm version 1 uses [HMAC-SHA-256][], truncated to 8 bytes). The
MAC protects all of the bytes preceding the MAC.
### Pre-Key Messages
Olm pre-key messages start with a one byte version followed by a variable
length payload.
```nohighlight
+--------------+------------------------------------+
| Version Byte | Payload Bytes |
+--------------+------------------------------------+
```
The version byte is ``"\x03"``.
The payload uses the same key-value format as for normal messages.
**Name**|**Tag**|**Type**|**Meaning**
:-----:|:-----:|:-----:|:-----:
One-Time-Key|0x0A|String|The public part of Bob's single-use key, Eb.
Base-Key|0x12|String|The public part of Alice's single-use key, Ea.
Identity-Key|0x1A|String|The public part of Alice's identity key, Ia.
Message|0x22|String|An embedded Olm message with its own version and MAC.
## Olm Authenticated Encryption
### Version 1
Version 1 of Olm uses [AES-256][] in [CBC][] mode with [PKCS#7][] padding for
encryption and [HMAC-SHA-256][] (truncated to 64 bits) for authentication. The
256 bit AES key, 256 bit HMAC key, and 128 bit AES IV are derived from the
message key using [HKDF-SHA-256][] using the default salt and an info of
``"OLM_KEYS"``.
\[
\begin{aligned}
AES\_KEY_{i,j}\;\parallel\;HMAC\_KEY_{i,j}\;\parallel\;AES\_IV_{i,j}
&= \operatorname{HKDF}\left(0,M_{i,j},\text{``OLM\_KEYS"},80\right)
\end{aligned}
\]
The plain-text is encrypted with AES-256, using the key \(AES\_KEY_{i,j}\)
and the IV \(AES\_IV_{i,j}\) to give the cipher-text, \(X_{i,j}\).
Then the entire message (including the Version Byte and all Payload Bytes) are
passed through [HMAC-SHA-256][]. The first 8 bytes of the MAC are appended to the message.
## Message authentication concerns
To avoid unknown key-share attacks, the application must include identifying
data for the sending and receiving user in the plain-text of (at least) the
pre-key messages. Such data could be a user ID, a telephone number;
alternatively it could be the public part of a keypair which the relevant user
has proven ownership of.
### Example attacks
1. Alice publishes her public [Curve25519][] identity key, \(I_A\). Eve
publishes the same identity key, claiming it as her own. Bob downloads
Eve's keys, and associates \(I_A\) with Eve. Alice sends a message to
Bob; Eve intercepts it before forwarding it to Bob. Bob believes the
message came from Eve rather than Alice.
This is prevented if Alice includes her user ID in the plain-text of the
pre-key message, so that Bob can see that the message was sent by Alice
originally.
2. Bob publishes his public [Curve25519][] identity key, \(I_B\). Eve
publishes the same identity key, claiming it as her own. Alice downloads
Eve's keys, and associates \(I_B\) with Eve. Alice sends a message to
Eve; Eve cannot decrypt it, but forwards it to Bob. Bob believes the
Alice sent the message to him, whereas Alice intended it to go to Eve.
This is prevented by Alice including the user ID of the intended recpient
(Eve) in the plain-text of the pre-key message. Bob can now tell that the
message was meant for Eve rather than him.
## IPR
The Olm specification (this document) is hereby placed in the public domain.
## Feedback
Can be sent to olm at matrix.org.
## Acknowledgements
The ratchet that Olm implements was designed by Trevor Perrin and Moxie
Marlinspike - details at https://whispersystems.org/docs/specifications/doubleratchet/. Olm is
an entirely new implementation written by the Matrix.org team.
[Curve25519]: http://cr.yp.to/ecdh.html
[Triple Diffie-Hellman]: https://whispersystems.org/blog/simplifying-otr-deniability/
[HMAC-based key derivation function]: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5869
[HKDF-SHA-256]: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5869
[HMAC-SHA-256]: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2104
[SHA-256]: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6234
[AES-256]: http://csrc.nist.gov/publications/fips/fips197/fips-197.pdf
[CBC]: http://csrc.nist.gov/publications/nistpubs/800-38a/sp800-38a.pdf
[PKCS#7]: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2315

View file

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
---
title: "Spec Change Proposals"
weight: 62
weight: 60
type: docs
---
@ -185,10 +185,6 @@ is as follows:
- Take care in creating your proposal. Specify your intended
changes, and give reasoning to back them up. Changes without
justification will likely be poorly received by the community.
- At the time of creating your draft you will not yet know the PR number, so you
should use a placeholder number to name your file and edit that
after PR submission. The suggested steps are described in
detail [in the proposals guide](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals#1-writing-the-proposal).
- Fork and make a PR to the
[matrix-spec-proposals](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals) repository.
The ID of your PR will become the MSC ID for the lifetime of your
@ -281,7 +277,7 @@ corresponding labels for each stage on the
[matrix-spec-proposals](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec-proposals)
pull request trackers.
```nohighlight
```
+ +
Proposals | Spec PRs | Additional States
+-------+ | +------+ | +---------------+
@ -384,18 +380,9 @@ As part of the proposal process the Spec Core Team will require evidence
of the MSC working in order for it to move into FCP. This can usually be
a branch/pull request to whichever implementation of choice that proves
the MSC works in practice, though in some cases the MSC itself will be
small enough to be considered proven. Implementations do not need to be
merged or released, but must be of sufficient quality to show that the
MSC works. Where it's unclear if an MSC will require an implementation
proof, ask in [\#matrix-spec:matrix.org](https://matrix.to/#/#matrix-spec:matrix.org).
Proposals may require both server-side and client-side implementations.
Proposals that have not yet been implemented will have the
`needs-implementation` label. After an implementation has been made, add a
comment in the GitHub issue indicating so. After an implementation has been
made, we will check it to verify that it implements the MSC. Proposals that
have implementations that have not yet been checked will have the
`implementation-needs-checking` label.
small enough to be considered proven. Where it's unclear if an MSC will
require an implementation proof, ask in
[\#matrix-spec:matrix.org](https://matrix.to/#/#matrix-spec:matrix.org).
### Early release of an MSC/idea
@ -497,42 +484,6 @@ In summary:
a small table at the bottom mapping the various values from stable
to unstable.
### Placeholder MSCs
Some proposals may contain security-sensitive or private context which can't be
publicly disclosed until a later stage in the idea or solution process. Typically,
the initial idea is validated using some amount of implementation or experimentation
and may require an MSC number to make that implementation easier.
Placeholder MSCs are used to represent proposals in a state where implementation
is ongoing, but the MSC details can't yet be disclosed. Authors which feel as
though their MSC could be highly sensitive MUST get in contact with the Spec Core
Team or [Security Team](https://matrix.org/security-disclosure-policy/) prior to
opening their MSC. If either team determines that a placeholder MSC is required,
it may be opened as such.
There are a few expectations attached to placeholder MSCs:
* They have a title which marks them WIP, and are in the "draft" state.
* They have the following labels: `[proposal-placeholder, action-required, needs-implementation]`.
* Notably, *not* `proposal`.
* They are relatively short-lived (ideally less than 6-12 months in placeholder).
* They propose solutions which are reasonably likely to be accepted. If a placeholder
needs to be closed because the idea won't work, isn't needed, etc, then the MSC's
content MUST be published ahead of that closure.
* Note: the MSC's publication (and therefore closure) may be delayed until an
appropriate point in the security disclosure cycle. For example, an alternative
MSC being published, or a stream of work being completed.
* When they are updated to receive real content, the following happens:
1. The Spec Core Team or the author leaves a comment to cause a notification
that the MSC has been replaced with real content.
2. The `proposal` label (or its equivalent) is added to trigger chat notifications
in the public Matrix rooms. The `proposal-placeholder` and `action-required`
labels should be removed at this stage as well. Other labels are removed/applied
per normal process.
* The Spec Core Team is aware of the intended MSC's title and purpose. This is
especially important if the Security Team approved the use of a placeholder MSC.
## Proposal Tracking
This is a living document generated from the list of proposals on the
@ -555,7 +506,7 @@ resolve to the desired MSC, whether it started as an issue or a PR.
Other metadata:
- The MSC number is taken from the GitHub Pull Request ID. This is
carried for the lifetime of the proposal. These IDs do not necessarily
carried for the lifetime of the proposal. These IDs do not necessary
represent a chronological order.
- The GitHub PR title will act as the MSC's title.
- Please link to the spec PR (if any) by adding a "PRs: \#1234" line

View file

@ -2,18 +2,19 @@
title: "Push Gateway API"
weight: 50
type: docs
description: |
Clients may want to receive push notifications when events are received at the
homeserver. This is managed by a distinct entity called the Push Gateway.
---
Clients may want to receive push notifications when events are received
at the homeserver. This is managed by a distinct entity called the Push
Gateway.
## Overview
A client's homeserver forwards information about received events to the
push gateway. The gateway then submits a push notification to the push
notification provider (e.g. APNS, GCM).
```nohighlight
```
+--------------------+ +-------------------+
Matrix HTTP | | | |
Notification Protocol | App Developer | | Device Vendor |

View file

@ -36,12 +36,11 @@ Alternatively, consider flipping the column/row organization to be features
up top and versions on the left.
-->
| Feature \ Version | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 | 10 | 11 | 12 |
|-------------------|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|----|----|----|
| **Knocking** | ❌ | ❌ | ❌ | ❌ | ❌ | ❌ | ✔ | ✔ | ✔ | ✔ | ✔ | ✔ |
| **Restricted join rules** | ❌ | ❌ | ❌ | ❌ | ❌ | ❌ | ❌ | ✔ | ✔ | ✔ | ✔ | ✔ |
| **`knock_restricted` join rule** | ❌ | ❌ | ❌ | ❌ | ❌ | ❌ | ❌ | ❌ | ❌ | ✔ | ✔ | ✔ |
| **Additional room creators** | ❌ | ❌ | ❌ | ❌ | ❌ | ❌ | ❌ | ❌ | ❌ | ❌ | ❌ | ✔ |
| Feature \ Version | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 | 10 |
|-------------------|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|----|
| **Knocking** | ❌ | ❌ | ❌ | ❌ | ❌ | ❌ | ✔ | ✔ | ✔ | ✔ |
| **Restricted join rules** | ❌ | ❌ | ❌ | ❌ | ❌ | ❌ | ❌ | ✔ | ✔ | ✔ |
| **`knock_restricted` join rule** | ❌ | ❌ | ❌ | ❌ | ❌ | ❌ | ❌ | ❌ | ❌ | ✔ |
## Complete list of room versions
@ -53,25 +52,13 @@ stable and unstable periodically for a variety of reasons, including
discovered security vulnerabilities and age.
Clients should not ask room administrators to upgrade their rooms if the
room is running a stable version. Servers SHOULD use **room version 12** as
room is running a stable version. Servers SHOULD use **room version 10** as
the default room version when creating new rooms.
{{% boxes/note %}}
{{% added-in v="1.16" %}}
Room version 12 is introduced and made default in this specification release.
Servers are encouraged to continue using room version 11 as the default room
version for the early days and weeks following this specification release,
and then gradually switch the default over when they deem appropriate.
<!-- TODO(SCT): Remove this note box in Matrix 1.17 -->
{{% /boxes/note %}}
The available room versions are:
- [Version 1](/rooms/v1) - **Stable**. The initial room version.
- [Version 1](/rooms/v1) - **Stable**. The current version of most
rooms.
- [Version 2](/rooms/v2) - **Stable**. Implements State Resolution
Version 2.
- [Version 3](/rooms/v3) - **Stable**. Introduces events whose IDs
@ -89,10 +76,6 @@ The available room versions are:
redacting some membership events.
- [Version 10](/rooms/v10) - **Stable**. Enforces integer-only power levels
and adds `knock_restricted` join rule.
- [Version 11](/rooms/v11) - **Stable**. Clarifies the redaction algorithm.
- [Version 12](/rooms/v12) - **Stable**. Changes room IDs to be hashes of the
create event, formalizes room creators with infinite power level, and iterates
on state resolution.
## Room version grammar

View file

@ -30,20 +30,16 @@ The rules are as follows:
specified by the [auth events
selection](/server-server-api#auth-events-selection)
algorithm described in the server specification, reject.
**Note**: This room version requires an `m.room.create` event to be selected.
3. If there are entries which were themselves rejected under the [checks
performed on receipt of a
PDU](/server-server-api/#checks-performed-on-receipt-of-a-pdu), reject.
4. If there is no `m.room.create` event among the entries, reject.
5. If any event in `auth_events` has a `room_id` which does not match that of
the event being authorised, reject.
3. If the `content` of the `m.room.create` event in the room state has the
property `m.federate` set to `false`, and the `sender` domain of the event
does not match the `sender` domain of the create event, reject.
4. If type is `m.room.aliases`:
1. If event has no `state_key`, reject.
2. If sender's domain doesn't match `state_key`, reject.
2. If sender's domain doesn't matches `state_key`, reject.
3. Otherwise, allow.
5. If type is `m.room.member`:
1. If there is no `state_key` property, or no `membership` property in

View file

@ -19,14 +19,12 @@ not in the following list:
- `membership`
The content object must also be stripped of all keys, unless it is one
of the following event types:
of one of the following event types:
- [`m.room.member`](/client-server-api#mroommember) allows key `membership`.
- [`m.room.create`](/client-server-api#mroomcreate) allows key `creator`.
- [`m.room.join_rules`](/client-server-api#mroomjoin_rules) allows key `join_rule`.
- [`m.room.power_levels`](/client-server-api#mroompower_levels) allows keys
`ban`, `events`, `events_default`, `kick`, `redact`, `state_default`, `users`,
`users_default`.
- [`m.room.aliases`](/client-server-api#historical-events) allows key `aliases`.
- [`m.room.history_visibility`](/client-server-api#mroomhistory_visibility) allows
key `history_visibility`.
- `m.room.member` allows key `membership`.
- `m.room.create` allows key `creator`.
- `m.room.join_rules` allows key `join_rule`.
- `m.room.power_levels` allows keys `ban`, `events`, `events_default`,
`kick`, `redact`, `state_default`, `users`, `users_default`.
- `m.room.aliases` allows key `aliases`.
- `m.room.history_visibility` allows key `history_visibility`.

View file

@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
Events in rooms of this version have the following structure:
{{% definition path="api/server-server/definitions/pdu_v11" %}}

View file

@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
Upon receipt of a redaction event, the server must strip off any keys
not in the following list:
- `event_id`
- `type`
- `room_id`
- `sender`
- `state_key`
- `content`
- `hashes`
- `signatures`
- `depth`
- `prev_events`
- `auth_events`
- `origin_server_ts`
The content object must also be stripped of all keys, unless it is one
of the following event types:
- [`m.room.member`](/client-server-api#mroommember) allows keys `membership`, `join_authorised_via_users_server`.
Additionally, it allows the `signed` key of the `third_party_invite` key.
- [`m.room.create`](/client-server-api#mroomcreate) allows all keys.
- [`m.room.join_rules`](/client-server-api#mroomjoin_rules) allows keys `join_rule`, `allow`.
- [`m.room.power_levels`](/client-server-api#mroompower_levels) allows keys
`ban`, `events`, `events_default`, `invite`, `kick`, `redact`, `state_default`,
`users`, `users_default`.
- [`m.room.history_visibility`](/client-server-api#mroomhistory_visibility)
allows key `history_visibility`.
- [`m.room.redaction`](/client-server-api#mroomredaction) allows key `redacts`.

View file

@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
Events in rooms of this version have the following structure:
{{% definition path="api/server-server/definitions/pdu_v12" %}}

View file

@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ chain for each state *S*<sub>*i*</sub>, that is the union of the auth
chains for each event in *S*<sub>*i*</sub>, and then taking every event
that doesn't appear in every auth chain. If *C*<sub>*i*</sub> is the
full auth chain of *S*<sub>*i*</sub>, then the auth difference is
*C*<sub>*i*</sub> − ∩ *C*<sub>*i*</sub>.
*C*<sub>*i*</sub> ∩ *C*<sub>*i*</sub>.
**Full conflicted set.**
The *full conflicted set* is the union of the conflicted state set and
@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ The *resolution* of a set of states is obtained as follows:
1. Select the set *X* of all *power events* that appear in the *full
conflicted set*. For each such power event *P*, enlarge *X* by adding
the events in the auth chain of *P* which also belong to the full
conflicted set. Sort *X* into a list using the *reverse topological
conflicted set. Sort $X$ into a list using the *reverse topological
power ordering*.
2. Apply the *iterative auth checks algorithm*, starting from the
*unconflicted state map*, to the list of events from the previous

View file

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
---
---
{{% added-in v=3 %}} In room versions 1 and 2, events need a
{{< added-in this=true >}} In room versions 1 and 2, events need a
signature from the domain of the `event_id` in order to be considered
valid. This room version does not include an `event_id` over federation
in the same respect, so does not need a signature from that server.
@ -38,20 +38,16 @@ The complete list of rules, as of room version 3, is as follows:
specified by the [auth events
selection](/server-server-api#auth-events-selection)
algorithm described in the server specification, reject.
**Note**: This room version requires an `m.room.create` event to be selected.
3. If there are entries which were themselves rejected under the [checks
performed on receipt of a
PDU](/server-server-api/#checks-performed-on-receipt-of-a-pdu), reject.
4. If there is no `m.room.create` event among the entries, reject.
5. If any event in `auth_events` has a `room_id` which does not match that of
the event being authorised, reject.
3. If the `content` of the `m.room.create` event in the room state has the
property `m.federate` set to `false`, and the `sender` domain of the event
does not match the `sender` domain of the create event, reject.
4. If type is `m.room.aliases`:
1. If event has no `state_key`, reject.
2. If sender's domain doesn't match `state_key`, reject.
2. If sender's domain doesn't matches `state_key`, reject.
3. Otherwise, allow.
5. If type is `m.room.member`:
1. If there is no `state_key` property, or no `membership` property in

View file

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
---
---
{{% added-in v=3 %}} In room versions 1 and 2, redactions were
{{% added-in this=true %}} In room versions 1 and 2, redactions were
explicitly part of the [authorization rules](/rooms/v1/#authorization-rules)
under Rule 11. As of room version 3, these conditions no longer exist as
represented by [this version's authorization rules](#authorization-rules).
@ -17,9 +17,6 @@ is met:
2. The domain of the redaction event's `sender` matches that of the
original event's `sender`.
Note that the first condition holds true even when the `sender` doesn't have a
high enough power level to send the type of event that they're redacting.
If the server would apply a redaction, the redaction event is also sent
to clients. Otherwise, the server simply waits for a valid partner event
to arrive where it can then re-check the above.

View file

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
---
---
{{% added-in v=4 %}} The event ID is the [reference
{{% added-in this=true %}} The event ID is the [reference
hash](/server-server-api#calculating-the-reference-hash-for-an-event) of
the event encoded using a variation of [Unpadded
Base64](/appendices#unpadded-base64) which replaces the 62nd and

View file

@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
Events in rooms of this version have the following structure:
{{% definition path="api/server-server/definitions/pdu_v6" %}}

View file

@ -19,13 +19,11 @@ not in the following list:
- `membership`
The content object must also be stripped of all keys, unless it is one
of the following event types:
of one of the following event types:
- [`m.room.member`](/client-server-api#mroommember) allows key `membership`.
- [`m.room.create`](/client-server-api#mroomcreate) allows key `creator`.
- [`m.room.join_rules`](/client-server-api#mroomjoin_rules) allows key `join_rule`.
- [`m.room.power_levels`](/client-server-api#mroompower_levels) allows keys
`ban`, `events`, `events_default`, `kick`, `redact`, `state_default`, `users`,
`users_default`.
- [`m.room.history_visibility`](/client-server-api#mroomhistory_visibility) allows
key `history_visibility`.
- `m.room.member` allows key `membership`.
- `m.room.create` allows key `creator`.
- `m.room.join_rules` allows key `join_rule`.
- `m.room.power_levels` allows keys `ban`, `events`, `events_default`,
`kick`, `redact`, `state_default`, `users`, `users_default`.
- `m.room.history_visibility` allows key `history_visibility`.

View file

@ -1,6 +1,12 @@
Events must be signed by the server denoted by the `sender` property.
`m.room.redaction` events are not explicitly part of the auth rules.
They are still subject to the minimum power level rules, but should always
fall into "10. Otherwise, allow". Instead of being authorized at the time
of receipt, they are authorized at a later stage: see the
[Redactions](#redactions) section below for more information.
The types of state events that affect authorization are:
- [`m.room.create`](/client-server-api#mroomcreate)
@ -15,18 +21,6 @@ For example, mentions of the `sender`'s power level can also refer to
the default power level for users in the room.
{{% /boxes/note %}}
{{% boxes/note %}}
`m.room.redaction` events are subject to auth rules in the same way as any other event.
In practice, that means they will normally be allowed by the auth rules, unless the
`m.room.power_levels` event sets a power level requirement for `m.room.redaction`
events via the `events` or `events_default` properties. In particular, the _redact
level_ is **not** considered by the auth rules.
The ability to send a redaction event does not mean that the redaction itself should
be performed. Receiving servers must perform additional checks, as described in
the [Handling Redactions](#handling-redactions) section.
{{% /boxes/note %}}
The rules are as follows:
1. If type is `m.room.create`:
@ -44,21 +38,17 @@ The rules are as follows:
specified by the [auth events
selection](/server-server-api#auth-events-selection)
algorithm described in the server specification, reject.
**Note**: This room version requires an `m.room.create` event to be selected.
3. If there are entries which were themselves rejected under the [checks
performed on receipt of a
PDU](/server-server-api/#checks-performed-on-receipt-of-a-pdu), reject.
4. If there is no `m.room.create` event among the entries, reject.
5. If any event in `auth_events` has a `room_id` which does not match that of
the event being authorised, reject.
3. If the `content` of the `m.room.create` event in the room state has the
property `m.federate` set to `false`, and the `sender` domain of the event
does not match the `sender` domain of the create event, reject.
4. If type is `m.room.member`:
1. If there is no `state_key` property, or no `membership` property in
`content`, reject.
2. {{% added-in v=8 %}}
2. {{< added-in this=true >}}
If `content` has a `join_authorised_via_users_server` property:
1. If the event is not validly signed by the homeserver of the user ID denoted
by the key, reject.
@ -69,12 +59,12 @@ The rules are as follows:
3. If the `sender` is banned, reject.
4. If the `join_rule` is `invite` or `knock` then allow if
membership state is `invite` or `join`.
5. {{% added-in v=8 %}}
5. {{< added-in this=true >}}
If the `join_rule` is `restricted`:
1. If membership state is `join` or `invite`, allow.
2. If the `join_authorised_via_users_server` key in `content`
is not a user with sufficient permission to invite other
users or is not a joined member of the room, reject.
users, reject.
3. Otherwise, allow.
6. If the `join_rule` is `public`, allow.
7. Otherwise, reject.
@ -127,8 +117,7 @@ The rules are as follows:
7. If `membership` is `knock`:
1. If the `join_rule` is anything other than `knock`, reject.
2. If `sender` does not match `state_key`, reject.
3. If the `sender`'s current membership is not `ban`, `invite`,
or `join`, allow.
3. If the `sender`'s current membership is not `ban` or `join`, allow.
4. Otherwise, reject.
8. Otherwise, the membership is unknown. Reject.
5. If the `sender`'s current membership state is not `join`, reject.

View file

@ -1,3 +1,24 @@
---
---
{{% added-in this=true %}} `m.room.member` events now keep `join_authorised_via_users_server`
in addition to other keys in `content` when being redacted.
{{% boxes/rationale %}}
Without the `join_authorised_via_users_server` property, redacted join events
can become invalid when verifying the auth chain of a given event, thus creating
a split-brain scenario where the user is able to speak from one server's
perspective but most others will continually reject their events.
This can theoretically be worked around with a rejoin to the room, being careful
not to use the faulty events as `prev_events`, though instead it is encouraged
to use v9 rooms over v8 rooms to outright avoid the situation.
[Issue #3373](https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-doc/issues/3373) has further
information.
{{% /boxes/rationale %}}
The full redaction algorithm follows.
Upon receipt of a redaction event, the server must strip off any keys
not in the following list:
@ -19,15 +40,11 @@ not in the following list:
- `membership`
The content object must also be stripped of all keys, unless it is one
of the following event types:
of one of the following event types:
- [`m.room.member`](/client-server-api#mroommember) allows keys `membership`,
`join_authorised_via_users_server`.
- [`m.room.create`](/client-server-api#mroomcreate) allows key `creator`.
- [`m.room.join_rules`](/client-server-api#mroomjoin_rules) allows keys `join_rule`,
`allow`.
- [`m.room.power_levels`](/client-server-api#mroompower_levels) allows keys
`ban`, `events`, `events_default`, `kick`, `redact`, `state_default`, `users`,
`users_default`.
- [`m.room.history_visibility`](/client-server-api#mroomhistory_visibility)
allows key `history_visibility`.
- `m.room.member` allows keys `membership`, `join_authorised_via_users_server`.
- `m.room.create` allows key `creator`.
- `m.room.join_rules` allows keys `join_rule`, `allow`.
- `m.room.power_levels` allows keys `ban`, `events`, `events_default`,
`kick`, `redact`, `state_default`, `users`, `users_default`.
- `m.room.history_visibility` allows key `history_visibility`.

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show more